This commit was manufactured by cvs2svn to create branch 'SAMBA_3_0'.(This used to...

[kai/samba.git] / docs / docbook / manpages / smb.conf.5.sgml

<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook V4.1//EN">
<refentry id="smb.conf">
        
<refmeta>
        <refentrytitle>smb.conf</refentrytitle>
        <manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
</refmeta>


<refnamediv>
        <refname>smb.conf</refname>
        <refpurpose>The configuration file for the Samba suite</refpurpose>
</refnamediv>

<refsect1>
        <title>SYNOPSIS</title>

        <para>The <filename>smb.conf</filename> file is a configuration 
        file for the Samba suite. <filename>smb.conf</filename> contains 
        runtime configuration information for the Samba programs. The
        <filename>smb.conf</filename> file is designed to be configured and 
        administered by the <ulink url="swat.8.html"><command>swat(8)</command>
        </ulink> program. The complete description of the file format and 
        possible parameters held within are here for reference purposes.</para>
</refsect1>

<refsect1>
        <title id="FILEFORMATSECT">FILE FORMAT</title>

        <para>The file consists of sections and parameters. A section 
        begins with the name of the section in square brackets and continues 
        until the next section begins. Sections contain parameters of the 
        form</para>

        <para><replaceable>name</replaceable> = <replaceable>value
        </replaceable></para>

        <para>The file is line-based - that is, each newline-terminated 
        line represents either a comment, a section name or a parameter.</para>

        <para>Section and parameter names are not case sensitive.</para>

        <para>Only the first equals sign in a parameter is significant. 
        Whitespace before or after the first equals sign is discarded.
        Leading, trailing and internal whitespace in section and parameter 
        names is irrelevant. Leading and trailing whitespace in a parameter 
        value is discarded. Internal whitespace within a parameter value 
        is retained verbatim.</para>

        <para>Any line beginning with a semicolon (';') or a hash ('#') 
        character is ignored, as are lines containing only whitespace.</para>

        <para>Any line ending in a '\' is continued
        on the next line in the customary UNIX fashion.</para>

        <para>The values following the equals sign in parameters are all 
        either a string (no quotes needed) or a boolean, which may be given 
        as yes/no, 0/1 or true/false. Case is not significant in boolean 
        values, but is preserved in string values. Some items such as 
        create modes are numeric.</para>
</refsect1>

<refsect1>
        <title>SECTION DESCRIPTIONS</title>

        <para>Each section in the configuration file (except for the
        [global] section) describes a shared resource (known
        as a "share"). The section name is the name of the 
        shared resource and the parameters within the section define 
        the shares attributes.</para>

        <para>There are three special sections, [global],
        [homes] and [printers], which are
        described under <emphasis>special sections</emphasis>. The
        following notes apply to ordinary section descriptions.</para>

        <para>A share consists of a directory to which access is being 
        given plus a description of the access rights which are granted 
        to the user of the service. Some housekeeping options are 
        also specifiable.</para>
        
        <para>Sections are either file share services (used by the 
        client as an extension of their native file systems) or 
        printable services (used by the client to access print services 
        on the host running the server).</para>
        
        <para>Sections may be designated <emphasis>guest</emphasis> services,
        in which case no password is required to access them. A specified 
        UNIX <emphasis>guest account</emphasis> is used to define access
        privileges in this case.</para>

        <para>Sections other than guest services will require a password 
        to access them. The client provides the username. As older clients 
        only provide passwords and not usernames, you may specify a list 
        of usernames to check against the password using the "user =" 
        option in the share definition. For modern clients such as 
        Windows 95/98/ME/NT/2000, this should not be necessary.</para>

        <para>Note that the access rights granted by the server are 
        masked by the access rights granted to the specified or guest 
        UNIX user by the host system. The server does not grant more
        access than the host system grants.</para>
        
        <para>The following sample section defines a file space share. 
        The user has write access to the path <filename>/home/bar</filename>. 
        The share is accessed via the share name "foo":</para>

        <screen>
        <computeroutput>
        [foo]
                path = /home/bar
                read only = no
        </computeroutput>
        </screen>

        <para>The following sample section defines a printable share. 
        The share is readonly, but printable. That is, the only write 
        access permitted is via calls to open, write to and close a 
        spool file. The <emphasis>guest ok</emphasis> parameter means 
        access will be permitted as the default guest user (specified 
        elsewhere):</para>

        <screen>
        <computeroutput>
        [aprinter]
                path = /usr/spool/public
                read only = yes
                printable = yes
                guest ok = yes
        </computeroutput>
        </screen>
</refsect1>

<refsect1>
        <title>SPECIAL SECTIONS</title>
        
        <refsect2>
                <title>The [global] section</title>
                
                <para>parameters in this section apply to the server 
                as a whole, or are defaults for sections which do not 
                specifically define certain items. See the notes
                under PARAMETERS for more information.</para>
        </refsect2>
        
        <refsect2>
                <title id="HOMESECT">The [homes] section</title>
                
                <para>If a section called homes is included in the 
                configuration file, services connecting clients to their 
                home directories can be created on the fly by the server.</para>

                <para>When the connection request is made, the existing 
                sections are scanned. If a match is found, it is used. If no 
                match is found, the requested section name is treated as a 
                user name and looked up in the local password file. If the 
                name exists and the correct password has been given, a share is 
                created by cloning the [homes] section.</para>
                
                <para>Some modifications are then made to the newly 
                created share:</para>
                
                <itemizedlist>
                <listitem><para>The share name is changed from homes to 
                the located username.</para></listitem>

                <listitem><para>If no path was given, the path is set to
                the user's home directory.</para></listitem>
                </itemizedlist>

                <para>If you decide to use a <emphasis>path =</emphasis> line 
                in your [homes] section then you may find it useful 
                to use the %S macro. For example :</para>

                <para><userinput>path = /data/pchome/%S</userinput></para>

                <para>would be useful if you have different home directories 
                for your PCs than for UNIX access.</para>

                <para>This is a fast and simple way to give a large number 
                of clients access to their home directories with a minimum 
                of fuss.</para>

                <para>A similar process occurs if the requested section 
                name is "homes", except that the share name is not 
                changed to that of the requesting user. This method of using
                the [homes] section works well if different users share 
                a client PC.</para>
                
                <para>The [homes] section can specify all the parameters 
                a normal service section can specify, though some make more sense 
                than others. The following is a typical and suitable [homes]
                section:</para>

                <screen>
                <computeroutput>
                [homes]
                        read only = no
                </computeroutput>
                </screen>
        
                <para>An important point is that if guest access is specified 
                in the [homes] section, all home directories will be 
                visible to all clients <emphasis>without a password</emphasis>. 
                In the very unlikely event that this is actually desirable, it 
                would be wise to also specify <emphasis>read only
                access</emphasis>.</para>

                <para>Note that the <emphasis>browseable</emphasis> flag for 
                auto home directories will be inherited from the global browseable 
                flag, not the [homes] browseable flag. This is useful as 
                it means setting <emphasis>browseable = no</emphasis> in
                the [homes] section will hide the [homes] share but make
                any auto home directories visible.</para>
        </refsect2>

        <refsect2>
                <title id="PRINTERSSECT">The [printers] section</title>
                
                <para>This section works like [homes], 
                but for printers.</para>

                <para>If a [printers] section occurs in the 
                configuration file, users are able to connect to any printer 
                specified in the local host's printcap file.</para>

                <para>When a connection request is made, the existing sections 
                are scanned. If a match is found, it is used. If no match is found, 
                but a [homes] section exists, it is used as described
                above. Otherwise, the requested section name is treated as a
                printer name and the appropriate printcap file is scanned to see 
                if the requested section name is a valid printer share name. If 
                a match is found, a new printer share is created by cloning 
                the [printers] section.</para>

                <para>A few modifications are then made to the newly created 
                share:</para>

                <itemizedlist>
                <listitem><para>The share name is set to the located printer 
                name</para></listitem>

                <listitem><para>If no printer name was given, the printer name 
                is set to the located printer name</para></listitem>

                <listitem><para>If the share does not permit guest access and 
                no username was given, the username is set to the located 
                printer name.</para></listitem>
                </itemizedlist>

                <para>Note that the [printers] service MUST be 
                printable - if you specify otherwise, the server will refuse 
                to load the configuration file.</para>
                
                <para>Typically the path specified would be that of a 
                world-writeable spool directory with the sticky bit set on 
                it. A typical [printers] entry would look like 
                this:</para>

                <screen><computeroutput>
                [printers]
                        path = /usr/spool/public
                        guest ok = yes
                        printable = yes 
                </computeroutput></screen>

                <para>All aliases given for a printer in the printcap file 
                are legitimate printer names as far as the server is concerned. 
                If your printing subsystem doesn't work like that, you will have 
                to set up a pseudo-printcap. This is a file consisting of one or 
                more lines like this:</para>

                <screen>
                <computeroutput>
                alias|alias|alias|alias...    
                </computeroutput>
                </screen>

                <para>Each alias should be an acceptable printer name for 
                your printing subsystem. In the [global] section, specify 
                the new file as your printcap.  The server will then only recognize 
                names found in your pseudo-printcap, which of course can contain 
                whatever aliases you like. The same technique could be used 
                simply to limit access to a subset of your local printers.</para>

                <para>An alias, by the way, is defined as any component of the 
                first entry of a printcap record. Records are separated by newlines,
                components (if there are more than one) are separated by vertical 
                bar symbols ('|').</para>
                
                <para>NOTE: On SYSV systems which use lpstat to determine what 
                printers are defined on the system you may be able to use
                "printcap name = lpstat" to automatically obtain a list 
                of printers. See the "printcap name" option 
                for more details.</para>
        </refsect2>
</refsect1>

<refsect1>
        <title>PARAMETERS</title>

        <para>parameters define the specific attributes of sections.</para>

        <para>Some parameters are specific to the [global] section
        (e.g., <emphasis>security</emphasis>).  Some parameters are usable 
        in all sections (e.g., <emphasis>create mode</emphasis>). All others 
        are permissible only in normal sections. For the purposes of the 
        following descriptions the [homes] and [printers]
        sections will be considered normal.  The letter <emphasis>G</emphasis> 
        in parentheses indicates that a parameter is specific to the
        [global] section. The letter <emphasis>S</emphasis>
        indicates that a parameter can be specified in a service specific
        section. Note that all <emphasis>S</emphasis> parameters can also be specified in 
        the [global] section - in which case they will define
        the default behavior for all services.</para>

        <para>parameters are arranged here in alphabetical order - this may 
        not create best bedfellows, but at least you can find them! Where
        there are synonyms, the preferred synonym is described, others refer 
        to the preferred synonym.</para>
</refsect1>

<refsect1>
        <title>VARIABLE SUBSTITUTIONS</title>

        <para>Many of the strings that are settable in the config file 
        can take substitutions. For example the option "path =
        /tmp/%u" would be interpreted as "path = 
        /tmp/john" if the user connected with the username john.</para>

        <para>These substitutions are mostly noted in the descriptions below, 
        but there are some general substitutions which apply whenever they 
        might be relevant. These are:</para>

        <variablelist>
                <varlistentry>
                <term>%U</term>
                <listitem><para>session user name (the user name that the client 
                wanted, not necessarily the same as the one they got).</para></listitem>
                </varlistentry>
                
                <varlistentry>
                <term>%G</term>
                <listitem><para>primary group name of %U.</para></listitem>
                </varlistentry>

                <varlistentry>
                <term>%h</term>
                <listitem><para>the Internet hostname that Samba is running 
                on.</para></listitem>
                </varlistentry>

                <varlistentry>
                <term>%m</term>
                <listitem><para>the NetBIOS name of the client machine 
                (very useful).</para></listitem>
                </varlistentry>
                
                <varlistentry>
                <term>%L</term>
                <listitem><para>the NetBIOS name of the server. This allows you 
                to change your config based on what the client calls you. Your 
                server can have a "dual personality".</para>

                <para>Note that this parameter is not available when Samba listens
                on port 445, as clients no longer send this information </para>
                </listitem>

                </varlistentry>
                
                <varlistentry>
                <term>%M</term>
                <listitem><para>the Internet name of the client machine.
                </para></listitem>
                </varlistentry>
                
                <varlistentry>
                <term>%R</term>
                <listitem><para>the selected protocol level after 
                protocol negotiation. It can be one of CORE, COREPLUS, 
                LANMAN1, LANMAN2 or NT1.</para></listitem>
                </varlistentry>

                <varlistentry>
                <term>%d</term>
                <listitem><para>The process id of the current server
                process.</para></listitem>
                </varlistentry>
                
                <varlistentry>
                <term>%a</term>
                <listitem><para>the architecture of the remote
                machine. Only some are recognized, and those may not be 
                100% reliable. It currently recognizes Samba, WfWg, Win95,
                WinNT and Win2k. Anything else will be known as 
                "UNKNOWN". If it gets it wrong then sending a level 
                3 log to <ulink url="mailto:samba@samba.org">samba@samba.org
                </ulink> should allow it to be fixed.</para></listitem>
                </varlistentry>
                
                <varlistentry>
                <term>%I</term>
                <listitem><para>The IP address of the client machine.</para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>

                <varlistentry>
                <term>%T</term>
                <listitem><para>the current date and time.</para></listitem>
                </varlistentry>

                <varlistentry>
                <term>%D</term>
                <listitem><para>Name of the domain or workgroup of the current user.</para></listitem>
                </varlistentry>
                
                <varlistentry>
                <term>%$(<replaceable>envvar</replaceable>)</term>
                <listitem><para>The value of the environment variable
                <replaceable>envar</replaceable>.</para></listitem>
                </varlistentry>
        </variablelist>

        <para>The following substitutes apply only to some configuration options(only those 
        that are used when a connection has been established):</para>

        <variablelist>
                <varlistentry>
                <term>%S</term>
                <listitem><para>the name of the current service, if any.</para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>
        
                <varlistentry>
                <term>%P</term>
                <listitem><para>the root directory of the current service, 
                if any.</para></listitem>
                </varlistentry>
        
                <varlistentry>
                <term>%u</term>
                <listitem><para>user name of the current service, if any.</para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>
        
                <varlistentry>
                <term>%g</term>
                <listitem><para>primary group name of %u.</para></listitem>
                </varlistentry>
        
                <varlistentry>
                <term>%H</term>
                <listitem><para>the home directory of the user given 
                by %u.</para></listitem>
                </varlistentry>

                <varlistentry>
                <term>%N</term>
                <listitem><para>the name of your NIS home directory server.  
                This is obtained from your NIS auto.map entry.  If you have 
                not compiled Samba with the <emphasis>--with-automount</emphasis> 
                option then this value will be the same as %L.</para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>
        
                <varlistentry>
                <term>%p</term>
                <listitem><para>the path of the service's home directory, 
                obtained from your NIS auto.map entry. The NIS auto.map entry 
                is split up as "%N:%p".</para></listitem>
                </varlistentry>
        </variablelist>
        
        <para>There are some quite creative things that can be done 
        with these substitutions and other smb.conf options.</para
</refsect1>

<refsect1>
        <title id="NAMEMANGLINGSECT">NAME MANGLING</title>
        
        <para>Samba supports "name mangling" so that DOS and 
        Windows clients can use files that don't conform to the 8.3 format. 
        It can also be set to adjust the case of 8.3 format filenames.</para>

        <para>There are several options that control the way mangling is 
        performed, and they are grouped here rather than listed separately. 
        For the defaults look at the output of the testparm program. </para>

        <para>All of these options can be set separately for each service 
        (or globally, of course). </para>

        <para>The options are: </para>
        
        <variablelist>
        
        <varlistentry>
                <term>mangle case = yes/no</term>
                <listitem><para> controls if names that have characters that 
                aren't of the "default" case are mangled. For example, 
                if this is yes then a name like "Mail" would be mangled. 
                Default <emphasis>no</emphasis>.</para></listitem>
                </varlistentry> 
        
                <varlistentry>
                <term>case sensitive = yes/no</term>
                <listitem><para>controls whether filenames are case sensitive. If 
                they aren't then Samba must do a filename search and match on passed 
                names. Default <emphasis>no</emphasis>.</para></listitem>
                </varlistentry> 

                <varlistentry>
                <term>default case = upper/lower</term>
                <listitem><para>controls what the default case is for new 
                filenames. Default <emphasis>lower</emphasis>.</para></listitem>
                </varlistentry> 
        
                <varlistentry>
                <term>preserve case = yes/no</term>
                <listitem><para>controls if new files are created with the 
                case that the client passes, or if they are forced to be the 
                "default" case. Default <emphasis>yes</emphasis>.
                </para></listitem>
                </varlistentry> 

                <varlistentry>
                <term>short preserve case = yes/no</term>
                <listitem><para>controls if new files which conform to 8.3 syntax,
                that is all in upper case and of suitable length, are created 
                upper case, or if they are forced to be the "default" 
                case. This option can be use with "preserve case = yes" 
                to permit long filenames to retain their case, while short names 
                are lowercased. Default <emphasis>yes</emphasis>.</para></listitem>
                </varlistentry> 
        </variablelist>
        
        <para>By default, Samba 3.0 has the same semantics as a Windows 
        NT server, in that it is case insensitive but case preserving.</para>
        
</refsect1>

<refsect1>
        <title id="VALIDATIONSECT">NOTE ABOUT USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION</title>

        <para>There are a number of ways in which a user can connect 
        to a service. The server uses the following steps in determining 
        if it will allow a connection to a specified service. If all the 
        steps fail, then the connection request is rejected.  However, if one of the 
        steps succeeds, then the following steps are not checked.</para>

        <para>If the service is marked "guest only = yes" and the
        server is running with share-level security ("security = share")
        then steps 1 to 5 are skipped.</para>


        <orderedlist numeration="Arabic">
                <listitem><para>If the client has passed a username/password 
                pair and that username/password pair is validated by the UNIX 
                system's password programs then the connection is made as that 
                username. Note that this includes the 
                \\server\service%<replaceable>username</replaceable> method of passing 
                a username.</para></listitem>

                <listitem><para>If the client has previously registered a username 
                with the system and now supplies a correct password for that 
                username then the connection is allowed.</para></listitem>
                
                <listitem><para>The client's NetBIOS name and any previously 
                used user names are checked against the supplied password, if 
                they match then the connection is allowed as the corresponding 
                user.</para></listitem>
                
                <listitem><para>If the client has previously validated a
                username/password pair with the server and the client has passed 
                the validation token then that username is used. </para></listitem>

                <listitem><para>If a "user = " field is given in the
                <filename>smb.conf</filename> file for the service and the client 
                has supplied a password, and that password matches (according to 
                the UNIX system's password checking) with one of the usernames 
                from the "user =" field then the connection is made as 
                the username in the "user =" line. If one 
                of the username in the "user =" list begins with a
                '@' then that name expands to a list of names in 
                the group of the same name.</para></listitem>

                <listitem><para>If the service is a guest service then a 
                connection is made as the username given in the "guest 
                account =" for the service, irrespective of the 
                supplied password.</para></listitem>
        </orderedlist>

</refsect1>

<refsect1>
        <title>COMPLETE LIST OF GLOBAL PARAMETERS</title>

        <para>Here is a list of all global parameters. See the section of 
        each parameter for details.  Note that some are synonyms.</para>

        <itemizedlist>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="ABORTSHUTDOWNSCRIPT"><parameter>abort shutdown script</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="ADDGROUPSCRIPT"><parameter>add group script</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="ADDPRINTERCOMMAND"><parameter>addprinter command</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="ADDSHARECOMMAND"><parameter>add share command</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="ADDUSERSCRIPT"><parameter>add user script</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="ADDUSERTOGROUPSCRIPT"><parameter>add user to group script</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="ADDMACHINESCRIPT"><parameter>add machine script</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="DELETEGROUPSCRIPT"><parameter>delete group script</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="ADSSERVER"><parameter>ads server</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="ALGORITHMICRIDBASE"><parameter>algorithmic rid base</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="ALLOWTRUSTEDDOMAINS"><parameter>allow trusted domains</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="ANNOUNCEAS"><parameter>announce as</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="ANNOUNCEVERSION"><parameter>announce version</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="AUTHMETHODS"><parameter>auth methods</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="AUTOSERVICES"><parameter>auto services</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="BINDINTERFACESONLY"><parameter>bind interfaces only</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="BROWSELIST"><parameter>browse list</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="CHANGENOTIFYTIMEOUT"><parameter>change notify timeout</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="CHANGESHARECOMMAND"><parameter>change share command</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="CONFIGFILE"><parameter>config file</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="DEADTIME"><parameter>deadtime</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="DEBUGHIRESTIMESTAMP"><parameter>debug hires timestamp</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="DEBUGPID"><parameter>debug pid</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="DEBUGTIMESTAMP"><parameter>debug timestamp</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="DEBUGUID"><parameter>debug uid</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="DEBUGLEVEL"><parameter>debuglevel</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="DEFAULT"><parameter>default</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="DEFAULTSERVICE"><parameter>default service</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="DELETEPRINTERCOMMAND"><parameter>deleteprinter command</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="DELETESHARECOMMAND"><parameter>delete share command</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="DELETEUSERSCRIPT"><parameter>delete user script</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="DELETEUSERFROMGROUPSCRIPT"><parameter>delete user from group script</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="DFREECOMMAND"><parameter>dfree command</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="DISABLENETBIOS"><parameter>disable netbios</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="DISABLESPOOLSS"><parameter>disable spoolss</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="DISPLAYCHARSET"><parameter>display charset</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="DNSPROXY"><parameter>dns proxy</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="DOMAINLOGONS"><parameter>domain logons</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="DOMAINMASTER"><parameter>domain master</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="DOSCHARSET"><parameter>dos charset</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="ENCRYPTPASSWORDS"><parameter>encrypt passwords</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="ENHANCEDBROWSING"><parameter>enhanced browsing</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="ENUMPORTSCOMMAND"><parameter>enumports command</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="GETWDCACHE"><parameter>getwd cache</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="HIDELOCALUSERS"><parameter>hide local users</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="HIDEUNREADABLE"><parameter>hide unreadable</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="HIDEUNWRITEABLEFILES"><parameter>hide unwriteable files</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="HIDESPECIALFILES"><parameter>hide special files</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="HOMEDIRMAP"><parameter>homedir map</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="HOSTMSDFS"><parameter>host msdfs</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="HOSTNAMELOOKUPS"><parameter>hostname lookups</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="HOSTSEQUIV"><parameter>hosts equiv</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="INTERFACES"><parameter>interfaces</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="KEEPALIVE"><parameter>keepalive</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="KERNELOPLOCKS"><parameter>kernel oplocks</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="LANMANAUTH"><parameter>lanman auth</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="LARGEREADWRITE"><parameter>large readwrite</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                
                <listitem><para><link linkend="LDAPADMINDN"><parameter>ldap admin dn</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="LDAPDELETEDN"><parameter>ldap delete dn</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="LDAPFILTER"><parameter>ldap filter</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="LDAPPORT"><parameter>ldap port</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="LDAPSERVER"><parameter>ldap server</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="LDAPSSL"><parameter>ldap ssl</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="LDAPSUFFIX"><parameter>ldap suffix</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="LDAPUSERSUFFIX"><parameter>ldap user suffix</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="LDAPMACHINESUFFIX"><parameter>ldap machine suffix</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="LDAPPASSWDSYNC"><parameter>ldap passwd sync</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="LDAPTRUSTIDS"><parameter>ldap trust ids</parameter></link></para></listitem>

                <listitem><para><link linkend="LMANNOUNCE"><parameter>lm announce</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="LMINTERVAL"><parameter>lm interval</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="LOADPRINTERS"><parameter>load printers</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="LOCALMASTER"><parameter>local master</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="LOCKDIR"><parameter>lock dir</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="LOCKDIRECTORY"><parameter>lock directory</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="LOCKSPINCOUNT"><parameter>lock spin count</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="LOCKSPINTIME"><parameter>lock spin time</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="PIDDIRECTORY"><parameter>pid directory</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="LOGFILE"><parameter>log file</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="LOGLEVEL"><parameter>log level</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="LOGONDRIVE"><parameter>logon drive</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="LOGONHOME"><parameter>logon home</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="LOGONPATH"><parameter>logon path</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="LOGONSCRIPT"><parameter>logon script</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="LPQCACHETIME"><parameter>lpq cache time</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="MACHINEPASSWORDTIMEOUT"><parameter>machine password timeout</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="MANGLEDSTACK"><parameter>mangled stack</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="MAPTOGUEST"><parameter>map to guest</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="MAXDISKSIZE"><parameter>max disk size</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="MAXLOGSIZE"><parameter>max log size</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="MAXMUX"><parameter>max mux</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="MAXOPENFILES"><parameter>max open files</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="MAXPROTOCOL"><parameter>max protocol</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="MAXSMBDPROCESSES"><parameter>max smbd processes</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="MAXTTL"><parameter>max ttl</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="MAXWINSTTL"><parameter>max wins ttl</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="MAXXMIT"><parameter>max xmit</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="MESSAGECOMMAND"><parameter>message command</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="MINPASSWDLENGTH"><parameter>min passwd length</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="MINPASSWORDLENGTH"><parameter>min password length</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="MINPROTOCOL"><parameter>min protocol</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="MINWINSTTL"><parameter>min wins ttl</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="NAMECACHETIMEOUT"><parameter>name cache timeout</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="NAMERESOLVEORDER"><parameter>name resolve order</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="NETBIOSALIASES"><parameter>netbios aliases</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="NETBIOSNAME"><parameter>netbios name</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="NETBIOSSCOPE"><parameter>netbios scope</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="NISHOMEDIR"><parameter>nis homedir</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="NTLMAUTH"><parameter>ntlm auth</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="NONUNIXACCOUNTRANGE"><parameter>non unix account range</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="NTPIPESUPPORT"><parameter>nt pipe support</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="NTSTATUSSUPPORT"><parameter>nt status support</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="NULLPASSWORDS"><parameter>null passwords</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="OBEYPAMRESTRICTIONS"><parameter>obey pam restrictions</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="OPLOCKBREAKWAITTIME"><parameter>oplock break wait time</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="OSLEVEL"><parameter>os level</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="OS2DRIVERMAP"><parameter>os2 driver map</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="PAMPASSWORDCHANGE"><parameter>pam password change</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="PANICACTION"><parameter>panic action</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="PARANOIDSERVERSECURITY"><parameter>paranoid server security</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="PASSDBBACKEND"><parameter>passdb backend</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="PASSWDCHAT"><parameter>passwd chat</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="PASSWDCHATDEBUG"><parameter>passwd chat debug</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="PASSWDPROGRAM"><parameter>passwd program</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="PASSWORDLEVEL"><parameter>password level</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="PASSWORDSERVER"><parameter>password server</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="PREFEREDMASTER"><parameter>prefered master</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="PREFERREDMASTER"><parameter>preferred master</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="PRELOAD"><parameter>preload</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="PRINTCAP"><parameter>printcap</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="PRINTCAPNAME"><parameter>printcap name</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="PRINTERDRIVERFILE"><parameter>printer driver file</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="PRIVATEDIR"><parameter>private dir</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="PROTOCOL"><parameter>protocol</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="READBMPX"><parameter>read bmpx</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="READRAW"><parameter>read raw</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="READSIZE"><parameter>read size</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="REALM"><parameter>realm</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="REMOTEANNOUNCE"><parameter>remote announce</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="REMOTEBROWSESYNC"><parameter>remote browse sync</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="RESTRICTANONYMOUS"><parameter>restrict anonymous</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="ROOT"><parameter>root</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="ROOTDIR"><parameter>root dir</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="ROOTDIRECTORY"><parameter>root directory</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="SECURITY"><parameter>security</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="SERVERSTRING"><parameter>server string</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="SETPRIMARYGROUPSCRIPT"><parameter>set primary group script</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="SHOWADDPRINTERWIZARD"><parameter>show add printer wizard</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="SHUTDOWNSCRIPT"><parameter>shutdown script</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="SMBPASSWDFILE"><parameter>smb passwd file</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="SMBPORTS"><parameter>smb ports</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="SOCKETADDRESS"><parameter>socket address</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="SOCKETOPTIONS"><parameter>socket options</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="SOURCEENVIRONMENT"><parameter>source environment</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="SPNEGO"><parameter>use spnego</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="STATCACHE"><parameter>stat cache</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="STATCACHESIZE"><parameter>stat cache size</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="STRIPDOT"><parameter>strip dot</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="SYSLOG"><parameter>syslog</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="SYSLOGONLY"><parameter>syslog only</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="TEMPLATEHOMEDIR"><parameter>template homedir</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="TEMPLATESHELL"><parameter>template shell</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="TIMEOFFSET"><parameter>time offset</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="TIMESERVER"><parameter>time server</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="TIMESTAMPLOGS"><parameter>timestamp logs</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="TOTALPRINTJOBS"><parameter>total print jobs</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="UNICODE"><parameter>unicode</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="UNIXCHARSET"><parameter>unix charset</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="UNIXEXTENSIONS"><parameter>unix extensions</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="UNIXPASSWORDSYNC"><parameter>unix password sync</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="UPDATEENCRYPTED"><parameter>update encrypted</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="USEMMAP"><parameter>use mmap</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="USERHOSTS"><parameter>use rhosts</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="USESENDFILE"><parameter>use sendfile</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="USERNAMELEVEL"><parameter>username level</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="USERNAMEMAP"><parameter>username map</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="UTMP"><parameter>utmp</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="UTMPDIRECTORY"><parameter>utmp directory</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="WTMPDIRECTORY"><parameter>wtmp directory</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="WINBINDCACHETIME"><parameter>winbind cache time</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="WINBINDENUMUSERS"><parameter>winbind enum users</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="WINBINDENUMGROUPS"><parameter>winbind enum groups</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="WINBINDGID"><parameter>winbind gid</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="WINBINDSEPARATOR"><parameter>winbind separator</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="WINBINDUID"><parameter>winbind uid</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="WINBINDUSEDEFAULTDOMAIN"><parameter>winbind use default domain</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="WINSHOOK"><parameter>wins hook</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="WINSPARTNERS"><parameter>wins partners</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="WINSPROXY"><parameter>wins proxy</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="WINSSERVER"><parameter>wins server</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="WINSSUPPORT"><parameter>wins support</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="WORKGROUP"><parameter>workgroup</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="WRITERAW"><parameter>write raw</parameter></link></para></listitem>
        </itemizedlist>

</refsect1>

<refsect1>
        <title>COMPLETE LIST OF SERVICE PARAMETERS</title>
        
        <para>Here is a list of all service parameters. See the section on 
        each parameter for details. Note that some are synonyms.</para>
        
        <itemizedlist>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="ADMINUSERS"><parameter>admin users</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="ALLOWHOSTS"><parameter>allow hosts</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="AVAILABLE"><parameter>available</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="BLOCKINGLOCKS"><parameter>blocking locks</parameter></link></para></listitem>
<listitem><para><link linkend="BLOCKSIZE"><parameter>block size</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="BROWSABLE"><parameter>browsable</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="BROWSEABLE"><parameter>browseable</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="CASESENSITIVE"><parameter>case sensitive</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="CASESIGNAMES"><parameter>casesignames</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="COMMENT"><parameter>comment</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="COPY"><parameter>copy</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="CREATEMASK"><parameter>create mask</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="CREATEMODE"><parameter>create mode</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="CSCPOLICY"><parameter>csc policy</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                
                <listitem><para><link linkend="DEFAULTCASE"><parameter>default case</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="DEFAULTDEVMODE"><parameter>default devmode</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="DELETEREADONLY"><parameter>delete readonly</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="DELETEVETOFILES"><parameter>delete veto files</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="DENYHOSTS"><parameter>deny hosts</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="DIRECTORY"><parameter>directory</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="DIRECTORYMASK"><parameter>directory mask</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="DIRECTORYMODE"><parameter>directory mode</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="DIRECTORYSECURITYMASK"><parameter>directory security mask</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="DONTDESCEND"><parameter>dont descend</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="DOSFILEMODE"><parameter>dos filemode</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="DOSFILETIMERESOLUTION"><parameter>dos filetime resolution</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="DOSFILETIMES"><parameter>dos filetimes</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="EXEC"><parameter>exec</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="FAKEDIRECTORYCREATETIMES"><parameter>fake directory create times</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="FAKEOPLOCKS"><parameter>fake oplocks</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="FOLLOWSYMLINKS"><parameter>follow symlinks</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="FORCECREATEMODE"><parameter>force create mode</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="FORCEDIRECTORYMODE"><parameter>force directory mode</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="FORCEDIRECTORYSECURITYMODE"><parameter>force directory security mode</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="FORCEGROUP"><parameter>force group</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="FORCESECURITYMODE"><parameter>force security mode</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="FORCEUSER"><parameter>force user</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="FSTYPE"><parameter>fstype</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="GROUP"><parameter>group</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="GUESTACCOUNT"><parameter>guest account</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="GUESTOK"><parameter>guest ok</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="GUESTONLY"><parameter>guest only</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="HIDEDOTFILES"><parameter>hide dot files</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="HIDEFILES"><parameter>hide files</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="HOSTSALLOW"><parameter>hosts allow</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="HOSTSDENY"><parameter>hosts deny</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="INCLUDE"><parameter>include</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="INHERITACLS"><parameter>inherit acls</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="INHERITPERMISSIONS"><parameter>inherit permissions</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="INVALIDUSERS"><parameter>invalid users</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="LEVEL2OPLOCKS"><parameter>level2 oplocks</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="LOCKING"><parameter>locking</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="LPPAUSECOMMAND"><parameter>lppause command</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="LPQCOMMAND"><parameter>lpq command</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="LPRESUMECOMMAND"><parameter>lpresume command</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="LPRMCOMMAND"><parameter>lprm command</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="MAGICOUTPUT"><parameter>magic output</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="MAGICSCRIPT"><parameter>magic script</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="MANGLECASE"><parameter>mangle case</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="MANGLEDMAP"><parameter>mangled map</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="MANGLEDNAMES"><parameter>mangled names</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="MANGLINGCHAR"><parameter>mangling char</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="MANGLINGMETHOD"><parameter>mangling method</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="MAPARCHIVE"><parameter>map archive</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="MAPHIDDEN"><parameter>map hidden</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="MAPSYSTEM"><parameter>map system</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="MAXCONNECTIONS"><parameter>max connections</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="MAXPRINTJOBS"><parameter>max print jobs</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="MINPRINTSPACE"><parameter>min print space</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="MSDFSPROXY"><parameter>msdfs proxy</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="MSDFSROOT"><parameter>msdfs root</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="NTACLSUPPORT"><parameter>nt acl support</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="ONLYGUEST"><parameter>only guest</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="ONLYUSER"><parameter>only user</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="OPLOCKCONTENTIONLIMIT"><parameter>oplock contention limit</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="OPLOCKS"><parameter>oplocks</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="PATH"><parameter>path</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="POSIXLOCKING"><parameter>posix locking</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="POSTEXEC"><parameter>postexec</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="POSTSCRIPT"><parameter>postscript</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="PREEXEC"><parameter>preexec</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="PREEXECCLOSE"><parameter>preexec close</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="PRESERVECASE"><parameter>preserve case</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="PRINTCOMMAND"><parameter>print command</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="PRINTOK"><parameter>print ok</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="PRINTABLE"><parameter>printable</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="PRINTER"><parameter>printer</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="PRINTERADMIN"><parameter>printer admin</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="PRINTERDRIVER"><parameter>printer driver</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="PRINTERDRIVERLOCATION"><parameter>printer driver location</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="PRINTERNAME"><parameter>printer name</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="PRINTING"><parameter>printing</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="PUBLIC"><parameter>public</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="QUEUEPAUSECOMMAND"><parameter>queuepause command</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="QUEUERESUMECOMMAND"><parameter>queueresume command</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="READLIST"><parameter>read list</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="READONLY"><parameter>read only</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="ROOTPOSTEXEC"><parameter>root postexec</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="ROOTPREEXEC"><parameter>root preexec</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="ROOTPREEXECCLOSE"><parameter>root preexec close</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="SECURITYMASK"><parameter>security mask</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="SETDIRECTORY"><parameter>set directory</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="SHAREMODES"><parameter>share modes</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="SHORTPRESERVECASE"><parameter>short preserve case</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="STRICTALLOCATE"><parameter>strict allocate</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="STRICTLOCKING"><parameter>strict locking</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="STRICTSYNC"><parameter>strict sync</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="SYNCALWAYS"><parameter>sync always</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="USECLIENTDRIVER"><parameter>use client driver</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="USER"><parameter>user</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="USERNAME"><parameter>username</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="USERS"><parameter>users</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="VALIDUSERS"><parameter>valid users</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="VETOFILES"><parameter>veto files</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="VETOOPLOCKFILES"><parameter>veto oplock files</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="VFSPATH"><parameter>vfs path</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="VFSOBJECT"><parameter>vfs object</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="VFSOPTIONS"><parameter>vfs options</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="VOLUME"><parameter>volume</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="WIDELINKS"><parameter>wide links</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="WRITABLE"><parameter>writable</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="WRITECACHESIZE"><parameter>write cache size</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="WRITELIST"><parameter>write list</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="WRITEOK"><parameter>write ok</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                <listitem><para><link linkend="WRITEABLE"><parameter>writeable</parameter></link></para></listitem>
        </itemizedlist>

</refsect1>

<refsect1>
        <title>EXPLANATION OF EACH PARAMETER</title>
        
        <variablelist>

                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="ABORTSHUTDOWNSCRIPT">abort shutdown script (G)</term>
                <listitem><para><emphasis>This parameter only exists in the HEAD cvs branch</emphasis>
                This a full path name to a script called by
                <ulink url="smbd.8.html"><command>smbd(8)</command></ulink>  that
                should stop a shutdown procedure issued by the <link 
                linkend="SHUTDOWNSCRIPT"><parameter>shutdown script</parameter></link>.</para>
                
                <para>This command will be run as user.</para>

                <para>Default: <emphasis>None</emphasis>.</para>
                <para>Example: <command>abort shutdown script = /sbin/shutdown -c</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>

                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="ADDPRINTERCOMMAND">addprinter command (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>With the introduction of MS-RPC based printing
                support for Windows NT/2000 clients in Samba 2.2, The MS Add
                Printer Wizard (APW) icon is now also available in the 
                "Printers..." folder displayed a share listing.  The APW
                allows for printers to be add remotely to a Samba or Windows 
                NT/2000 print server.</para>
                
                <para>For a Samba host this means that the printer must be 
                physically added to the underlying printing system.  The <parameter>add 
                printer command</parameter> defines a script to be run which 
                will perform the necessary operations for adding the printer
                to the print system and to add the appropriate service definition 
                to the  <filename>smb.conf</filename> file in order that it can be 
                shared by <ulink url="smbd.8.html"><command>smbd(8)</command>
                </ulink>.</para>
                
                <para>The <parameter>addprinter command</parameter> is
                automatically invoked with the following parameter (in 
                order:</para>
                
                <itemizedlist>
                        <listitem><para><parameter>printer name</parameter></para></listitem>
                        <listitem><para><parameter>share name</parameter></para></listitem>
                        <listitem><para><parameter>port name</parameter></para></listitem>
                        <listitem><para><parameter>driver name</parameter></para></listitem>
                        <listitem><para><parameter>location</parameter></para></listitem>
                        <listitem><para><parameter>Windows 9x driver location</parameter>
                        </para></listitem>
                </itemizedlist>
                
                <para>All parameters are filled in from the PRINTER_INFO_2 structure sent 
                by the Windows NT/2000 client with one exception.  The "Windows 9x
                driver location" parameter is included for backwards compatibility
                only.  The remaining fields in the structure are generated from answers
                to the APW questions.</para>
                
                <para>Once the <parameter>addprinter command</parameter> has 
                been executed, <command>smbd</command> will reparse the <filename>
                smb.conf</filename> to determine if the share defined by the APW
                exists.  If the sharename is still invalid, then <command>smbd
                </command> will return an ACCESS_DENIED error to the client.</para>
                
                <para>See also <link linkend="DELETEPRINTERCOMMAND"><parameter>
                deleteprinter command</parameter></link>, <link 
                linkend="printing"><parameter>printing</parameter></link>,
                <link linkend="SHOWADDPRINTERWIZARD"><parameter>show add
                printer wizard</parameter></link></para>
                
                <para>Default: <emphasis>none</emphasis></para>
                <para>Example: <command>addprinter command = /usr/bin/addprinter
                </command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="ADDSHARECOMMAND">add share command (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>Samba 2.2.0 introduced the ability to dynamically 
                add and delete shares via the Windows NT 4.0 Server Manager.  The 
                <parameter>add share command</parameter> is used to define an 
                external program or script which will add a new service definition 
                to <filename>smb.conf</filename>.  In order to successfully 
                execute the <parameter>add share command</parameter>, <command>smbd</command>
                requires that the administrator be connected using a root account (i.e. 
                uid == 0).
                </para>
                
                <para>
                When executed, <command>smbd</command> will automatically invoke the 
                <parameter>add share command</parameter> with four parameters.
                </para>
                
                <itemizedlist>
                        <listitem><para><parameter>configFile</parameter> - the location 
                        of the global <filename>smb.conf</filename> file. 
                        </para></listitem>
                        
                        <listitem><para><parameter>shareName</parameter> - the name of the new 
                        share.
                        </para></listitem>
                        
                        <listitem><para><parameter>pathName</parameter> - path to an **existing**
                        directory on disk.
                        </para></listitem>
                        
                        <listitem><para><parameter>comment</parameter> - comment string to associate 
                        with the new share.
                        </para></listitem>
                </itemizedlist>
                
                <para>
                This parameter is only used for add file shares.  To add printer shares, 
                see the <link linkend="ADDPRINTERCOMMAND"><parameter>addprinter 
                command</parameter></link>.
                </para>
                
                <para>
                See also <link linkend="CHANGESHARECOMMAND"><parameter>change share 
                command</parameter></link>, <link linkend="DELETESHARECOMMAND"><parameter>delete share
                command</parameter></link>.
                </para>
                
                <para>Default: <emphasis>none</emphasis></para>
                <para>Example: <command>add share command = /usr/local/bin/addshare</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="ADDMACHINESCRIPT">add machine script (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This is the full pathname to a script that will 
                be run by <ulink url="smbd.8.html">smbd(8)</ulink>  when a machine is added
                to it's domain using the administrator username and password method. </para>

                <para>This option is only required when using sam back-ends tied to the
                Unix uid method of RID calculation such as smbpasswd.  This option is only
                available in Samba 3.0.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>add machine script = &lt;empty string&gt;
                </command></para>       

                <para>Example: <command>add machine script = /usr/sbin/adduser -n -g machines -c Machine -d /dev/null -s /bin/false %u
                </command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>

                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="ADSSERVER">ads server (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>If this option is specified, samba does 
                not try to figure out what ads server to use itself, but 
                uses the specified ads server. Either one DNS name or IP 
                address can be used.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>ads server = </command></para>

                <para>Example: <command>ads server = 192.168.1.2</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>

                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="ADDUSERSCRIPT">add user script (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This is the full pathname to a script that will 
                be run <emphasis>AS ROOT</emphasis> by <ulink url="smbd.8.html">smbd(8)
                </ulink> under special circumstances described below.</para>

                <para>Normally, a Samba server requires that UNIX users are 
                created for all users accessing files on this server. For sites 
                that use Windows NT account databases as their primary user database 
                creating these users and keeping the user list in sync with the 
                Windows NT PDC is an onerous task. This option allows <ulink 
                url="smbd.8.html">smbd</ulink> to create the required UNIX users 
                <emphasis>ON DEMAND</emphasis> when a user accesses the Samba server.</para>

                <para>In order to use this option, <ulink url="smbd.8.html">smbd</ulink> 
                must <emphasis>NOT</emphasis> be set to <parameter>security = share</parameter>
                and <parameter>add user script</parameter>
                must be set to a full pathname for a script that will create a UNIX 
                user given one argument of <parameter>%u</parameter>, which expands into 
                the UNIX user name to create.</para>

                <para>When the Windows user attempts to access the Samba server, 
                at login (session setup in the SMB protocol) time, <ulink url="smbd.8.html">
                smbd</ulink> contacts the <parameter>password server</parameter> and 
                attempts to authenticate the given user with the given password. If the 
                authentication succeeds then <command>smbd</command> 
                attempts to find a UNIX user in the UNIX password database to map the 
                Windows user into. If this lookup fails, and <parameter>add user script
                </parameter> is set then <command>smbd</command> will
                call the specified script <emphasis>AS ROOT</emphasis>, expanding 
                any <parameter>%u</parameter> argument to be the user name to create.</para>

                <para>If this script successfully creates the user then <command>smbd
                </command> will continue on as though the UNIX user
                already existed. In this way, UNIX users are dynamically created to
                match existing Windows NT accounts.</para>

                <para>See also <link linkend="SECURITY"><parameter>
                security</parameter></link>, <link linkend="PASSWORDSERVER">
                <parameter>password server</parameter></link>, 
                <link linkend="DELETEUSERSCRIPT"><parameter>delete user 
                script</parameter></link>.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>add user script = &lt;empty string&gt;
                </command></para>       

                <para>Example: <command>add user script = /usr/local/samba/bin/add_user 
                %u</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>
                
                <varlistentry><term><anchor id="ADDGROUPSCRIPT">add group script (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This is the full pathname to a script that will 
                be run <emphasis>AS ROOT</emphasis> by <ulink
                url="smbd.8.html">smbd(8)</ulink> when a new group is
                requested. It will expand any
                <parameter>%g</parameter> to the group name passed.
                This script is only useful for installations using the
                Windows NT domain administration tools. The script is
                free to create a group with an arbitrary name to
                circumvent unix group name restrictions. In that case
                the script must print the numeric gid of the created
                group on stdout.
                </para></listitem>
                </varlistentry>

                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="ADMINUSERS">admin users (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>This is a list of users who will be granted 
                administrative privileges on the share. This means that they 
                will do all file operations as the super-user (root).</para>

                <para>You should use this option very carefully, as any user in 
                this list will be able to do anything they like on the share, 
                irrespective of file permissions.</para>

                <para>Default: <emphasis>no admin users</emphasis></para>

                <para>Example: <command>admin users = jason</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>

                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="ADDUSERTOGROUPSCRIPT">add user to group script (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>Full path to the script that will be called when 
                a user is added to a group using the Windows NT domain administration 
                tools. It will be run by <ulink url="smbd.8.html">smbd(8)</ulink> 
                <emphasis>AS ROOT</emphasis>. Any <parameter>%g</parameter> will be 
                replaced with the group name and any <parameter>%u</parameter> will 
                be replaced with the user name.
                </para>

                <para>Default: <command>add user to group script = </command></para>

                <para>Example: <command>add user to group script = /usr/sbin/adduser %u %g</command></para>
                
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>

                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="ALLOWHOSTS">allow hosts (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>Synonym for <link linkend="HOSTSALLOW">
                <parameter>hosts allow</parameter></link>.</para></listitem>
                </varlistentry>
                
                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="ALGORITHMICRIDBASE">algorithmic rid base (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This determines how Samba will use its
                algorithmic mapping from uids/gid to the RIDs needed to construct
                NT Security Identifiers.</para>

                <para>Setting this option to a larger value could be useful to sites
                transitioning from WinNT and Win2k, as existing user and 
                group rids would otherwise clash with sytem users etc. 
                </para>

                <para>All UIDs and GIDs must be able to be resolved into SIDs for  
                the correct operation of ACLs on the server.  As such the algorithmic
                mapping can't be 'turned off', but pushing it 'out of the way' should
                resolve the issues.  Users and groups can then be assigned 'low' RIDs
                in arbitary-rid supporting backends. </para>

                <para>Default: <command>algorithmic rid base = 1000</command></para>

                <para>Example: <command>algorithmic rid base = 100000</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>
                
                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="ALLOWTRUSTEDDOMAINS">allow trusted domains (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This option only takes effect when the <link 
                linkend="SECURITY"><parameter>security</parameter></link> option is set to 
                <constant>server</constant> or <constant>domain</constant>.  
                If it is set to no, then attempts to connect to a resource from 
                a domain or workgroup other than the one which <ulink url="smbd.8.html">smbd</ulink> is running 
                in will fail, even if that domain is trusted by the remote server 
                doing the authentication.</para>
                
                <para>This is useful if you only want your Samba server to 
                serve resources to users in the domain it is a member of. As 
                an example, suppose that there are two domains DOMA and DOMB.  DOMB 
                is trusted by DOMA, which contains the Samba server.  Under normal 
                circumstances, a user with an account in DOMB can then access the 
                resources of a UNIX account with the same account name on the 
                Samba server even if they do not have an account in DOMA.  This 
                can make implementing a security boundary difficult.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>allow trusted domains = yes</command></para>

                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>
                
                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="ANNOUNCEAS">announce as (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This specifies what type of server 
                <ulink url="nmbd.8.html"><command>nmbd</command></ulink> 
                will announce itself as, to a network neighborhood browse 
                list. By default this is set to Windows NT. The valid options 
                are : "NT Server" (which can also be written as "NT"), 
                "NT Workstation", "Win95" or "WfW" meaning Windows NT Server, 
                Windows NT Workstation, Windows 95 and Windows for Workgroups 
                respectively. Do not change this parameter unless you have a 
                specific need to stop Samba appearing as an NT server as this 
                may prevent Samba servers from participating as browser servers 
                correctly.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>announce as = NT Server</command></para>
                
                <para>Example: <command>announce as = Win95</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>
                


                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="ANNOUNCEVERSION">announce version (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This specifies the major and minor version numbers 
                that nmbd will use when announcing itself as a server. The default 
                is 4.9.  Do not change this parameter unless you have a specific 
                need to set a Samba server to be a downlevel server.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>announce version = 4.9</command></para>

                <para>Example: <command>announce version = 2.0</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="AUTOSERVICES">auto services (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This is a synonym for the <link linkend="PRELOAD">
                <parameter>preload</parameter></link>.</para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>
                


                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="AUTHMETHODS">auth methods (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This option allows the administrator to chose what
                authentication methods <command>smbd</command> will use when authenticating
                a user.  This option defaults to sensible values based on <link linkend="SECURITY"><parameter>
                security</parameter></link>.

                Each entry in the list attempts to authenticate the user in turn, until
                the user authenticates.  In practice only one method will ever actually 
                be able to complete the authentication.
                </para>

                <para>Default: <command>auth methods = &lt;empty string&gt;</command></para>
                <para>Example: <command>auth methods = guest sam ntdomain</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>


                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="AVAILABLE">available (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>This parameter lets you "turn off" a service. If 
                <parameter>available = no</parameter>, then <emphasis>ALL</emphasis> 
                attempts to connect to the service will fail. Such failures are 
                logged.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>available = yes</command></para>
                
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>
                


                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="BINDINTERFACESONLY">bind interfaces only (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This global parameter allows the Samba admin 
                to limit what interfaces on a machine will serve SMB requests. It 
                affects file service <ulink url="smbd.8.html">smbd(8)</ulink> and 
                name service <ulink url="nmbd.8.html">nmbd(8)</ulink> in slightly 
                different ways.</para>

                <para>For name service it causes <command>nmbd</command> to bind 
                to ports 137 and 138 on the interfaces listed in the <link 
                linkend="INTERFACES">interfaces</link> parameter. <command>nmbd
                </command> also binds to the "all addresses" interface (0.0.0.0) 
                on ports 137 and 138 for the purposes of reading broadcast messages. 
                If this option is not set then <command>nmbd</command> will service 
                name requests on all of these sockets. If <parameter>bind interfaces
                only</parameter> is set then <command>nmbd</command> will check the 
                source address of any packets coming in on the broadcast sockets 
                and discard any that don't match the broadcast addresses of the 
                interfaces in the <parameter>interfaces</parameter> parameter list. 
                As unicast packets are received on the other sockets it allows 
                <command>nmbd</command> to refuse to serve names to machines that 
                send packets that arrive through any interfaces not listed in the
                <parameter>interfaces</parameter> list.  IP Source address spoofing
                does defeat this simple check, however, so it must not be used
                seriously as a security feature for <command>nmbd</command>.</para>

                <para>For file service it causes <ulink url="smbd.8.html">smbd(8)</ulink>
                to bind only to the interface list given in the <link linkend="INTERFACES">
                interfaces</link> parameter. This restricts the networks that 
                <command>smbd</command> will serve to packets coming in those 
                interfaces.  Note that you should not use this parameter for machines 
                that are serving PPP or other intermittent or non-broadcast network 
                interfaces as it will not cope with non-permanent interfaces.</para>

                <para>If <parameter>bind interfaces only</parameter> is set then 
                unless the network address <emphasis>127.0.0.1</emphasis> is added 
                to the <parameter>interfaces</parameter> parameter list <ulink
                url="smbpasswd.8.html"><command>smbpasswd(8)</command></ulink> 
                and <ulink url="swat.8.html"><command>swat(8)</command></ulink> may 
                not work as expected due to the reasons covered below.</para>

                <para>To change a users SMB password, the <command>smbpasswd</command>
                by default connects to the <emphasis>localhost - 127.0.0.1</emphasis> 
                address as an SMB client to issue the password change request. If 
                <parameter>bind interfaces only</parameter> is set then unless the 
                network address <emphasis>127.0.0.1</emphasis> is added to the
                <parameter>interfaces</parameter> parameter list then <command>
                smbpasswd</command> will fail to connect in it's default mode. 
                <command>smbpasswd</command> can be forced to use the primary IP interface 
                of the local host by using its <ulink url="smbpasswd.8.html#minusr">
                <parameter>-r <replaceable>remote machine</replaceable></parameter>
                </ulink> parameter, with <replaceable>remote machine</replaceable> set 
                to the IP name of the primary interface of the local host.</para>

                <para>The <command>swat</command> status page tries to connect with
                <command>smbd</command> and <command>nmbd</command> at the address 
                <emphasis>127.0.0.1</emphasis> to determine if they are running.  
                Not adding <emphasis>127.0.0.1</emphasis>  will cause <command>
                smbd</command> and <command>nmbd</command> to always show
                "not running" even if they really are.  This can prevent <command>
                swat</command> from starting/stopping/restarting <command>smbd</command>
                and <command>nmbd</command>.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>bind interfaces only = no</command></para>
                
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="BLOCKINGLOCKS">blocking locks (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>This parameter controls the behavior of <ulink 
                url="smbd.8.html">smbd(8)</ulink> when given a request by a client 
                to obtain a byte range lock on a region of an open file, and the 
                request has a time limit associated with it.</para>
                
                <para>If this parameter is set and the lock range requested 
                cannot be immediately satisfied, samba will internally 
                queue the lock request, and periodically attempt to obtain 
                the lock until the timeout period expires.</para>

                <para>If this parameter is set to <constant>no</constant>, then 
                samba will behave as previous versions of Samba would and 
                will fail the lock request immediately if the lock range 
                cannot be obtained.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>blocking locks = yes</command></para>

                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>
        
                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="BLOCKSIZE">block size (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>This parameter controls the behavior of 
                <ulink url="smbd.8.html">smbd(8)</ulink> when reporting disk free 
                sizes. By default, this reports a disk block size of 1024 bytes.
                </para>        
                
                <para>Changing this parameter may have some effect on the
                efficiency of client writes, this is not yet confirmed. This
                parameter was added to allow advanced administrators to change
                it (usually to a higher value) and test the effect it has on
                client write performance without re-compiling the code. As this
                is an experimental option it may be removed in a future release.
                </para>

                <para>Changing this option does not change the disk free reporting
                size, just the block size unit reported to the client.</para>

                                                                                                                                                        <para>Default: <command>block size = 1024</command></para>
                                                                                                                                                                        <para>Example: <command>block size = 65536</command></para>

                                                                                                                                                                                        </listitem>
                                                                                                                                                                                                        </varlistentry>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                


                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="BROWSABLE">browsable (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>See the <link linkend="BROWSEABLE"><parameter>
                browseable</parameter></link>.</para></listitem>
                </varlistentry>
                


                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="BROWSELIST">browse list (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This controls whether <ulink url="smbd.8.html">
                <command>smbd(8)</command></ulink> will serve a browse list to 
                a client doing a <command>NetServerEnum</command> call. Normally 
                set to <constant>yes</constant>. You should never need to change 
                this.</para>
                
                <para>Default: <command>browse list = yes</command></para></listitem>
                </varlistentry>
                


                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="BROWSEABLE">browseable (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>This controls whether this share is seen in 
                the list of available shares in a net view and in the browse list.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>browseable = yes</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>
                


                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="CASESENSITIVE">case sensitive (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>See the discussion in the section <link 
                linkend="NAMEMANGLINGSECT">NAME MANGLING</link>.</para>
                
                <para>Default: <command>case sensitive = no</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="CASESIGNAMES">casesignames (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>Synonym for <link linkend="CASESENSITIVE">case 
                sensitive</link>.</para></listitem>
                </varlistentry>
                
                
                
                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="CHANGENOTIFYTIMEOUT">change notify timeout (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This SMB allows a client to tell a server to 
                "watch" a particular directory for any changes and only reply to
                the SMB request when a change has occurred. Such constant scanning of
                a directory is expensive under UNIX, hence an <ulink url="smbd.8.html">
                <command>smbd(8)</command></ulink> daemon only performs such a scan 
                on each requested directory once every <parameter>change notify 
                timeout</parameter> seconds.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>change notify timeout = 60</command></para>
                <para>Example: <command>change notify timeout = 300</command></para>

                <para>Would change the scan time to every 5 minutes.</para></listitem>
                </varlistentry>
                


                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="CHANGESHARECOMMAND">change share command (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>Samba 2.2.0 introduced the ability to dynamically 
                add and delete shares via the Windows NT 4.0 Server Manager.  The 
                <parameter>change share command</parameter> is used to define an 
                external program or script which will modify an existing service definition 
                in <filename>smb.conf</filename>.  In order to successfully 
                execute the <parameter>change share command</parameter>, <command>smbd</command>
                requires that the administrator be connected using a root account (i.e. 
                uid == 0).
                </para>
                
                <para>
                When executed, <command>smbd</command> will automatically invoke the 
                <parameter>change share command</parameter> with four parameters.
                </para>
                
                <itemizedlist>
                        <listitem><para><parameter>configFile</parameter> - the location 
                        of the global <filename>smb.conf</filename> file. 
                        </para></listitem>
                        
                        <listitem><para><parameter>shareName</parameter> - the name of the new 
                        share.
                        </para></listitem>
                        
                        <listitem><para><parameter>pathName</parameter> - path to an **existing**
                        directory on disk.
                        </para></listitem>
                        
                        <listitem><para><parameter>comment</parameter> - comment string to associate 
                        with the new share.
                        </para></listitem>
                </itemizedlist>
                
                <para>
                This parameter is only used modify existing file shares definitions.  To modify 
                printer shares, use the "Printers..." folder as seen when browsing the Samba host.
                </para>
                
                <para>
                See also <link linkend="ADDSHARECOMMAND"><parameter>add share
                command</parameter></link>, <link linkend="DELETESHARECOMMAND"><parameter>delete 
                share command</parameter></link>.
                </para>
                
                <para>Default: <emphasis>none</emphasis></para>
                <para>Example: <command>change share command = /usr/local/bin/addshare</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>


                

                
                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="COMMENT">comment (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>This is a text field that is seen next to a share 
                when a client does a queries the server, either via the network 
                neighborhood or via <command>net view</command> to list what shares 
                are available.</para>

                <para>If you want to set the string that is displayed next to the 
                machine name then see the <link linkend="SERVERSTRING"><parameter>
                server string</parameter></link> parameter.</para>

                <para>Default: <emphasis>No comment string</emphasis></para>
                <para>Example: <command>comment = Fred's Files</command></para></listitem>
                </varlistentry>
                
                
                
                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="CONFIGFILE">config file (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This allows you to override the config file 
                to use, instead of the default (usually <filename>smb.conf</filename>). 
                There is a chicken and egg problem here as this option is set 
                in the config file!</para>

                <para>For this reason, if the name of the config file has changed 
                when the parameters are loaded then it will reload them from 
                the new config file.</para>

                <para>This option takes the usual substitutions, which can 
                be very useful.</para>

                <para>If the config file doesn't exist then it won't be loaded 
                (allowing you to special case the config files of just a few 
                clients).</para>

                <para>Example: <command>config file = /usr/local/samba/lib/smb.conf.%m
                </command></para></listitem>
                </varlistentry>
                
                
                
                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="COPY">copy (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>This parameter allows you to "clone" service 
                entries. The specified service is simply duplicated under the 
                current service's name. Any parameters specified in the current 
                section will override those in the section being copied.</para>

                <para>This feature lets you set up a 'template' service and 
                create similar services easily. Note that the service being 
                copied must occur earlier in the configuration file than the 
                service doing the copying.</para>

                <para>Default: <emphasis>no value</emphasis></para>
                <para>Example: <command>copy = otherservice</command></para></listitem>
                </varlistentry>
                
                
                
                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="CREATEMASK">create mask (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>A synonym for this parameter is 
                <link linkend="CREATEMODE"><parameter>create mode</parameter>
                </link>.</para>

                <para>When a file is created, the necessary permissions are 
                calculated according to the mapping from DOS modes to UNIX 
                permissions, and the resulting UNIX mode is then bit-wise 'AND'ed 
                with this parameter. This parameter may be thought of as a bit-wise 
                MASK for the UNIX modes of a file. Any bit <emphasis>not</emphasis> 
                set here will be removed from the modes set on a file when it is 
                created.</para>

                <para>The default value of this parameter removes the 
                'group' and 'other' write and execute bits from the UNIX modes.</para>

                <para>Following this Samba will bit-wise 'OR' the UNIX mode created 
                from this parameter with the value of the <link
                linkend="FORCECREATEMODE"><parameter>force create mode</parameter></link>
                parameter which is set to 000 by default.</para>

                <para>This parameter does not affect directory modes. See the 
                parameter <link linkend="DIRECTORYMODE"><parameter>directory mode
                </parameter></link> for details.</para>

                <para>See also the <link linkend="FORCECREATEMODE"><parameter>force 
                create mode</parameter></link> parameter for forcing particular mode 
                bits to be set on created files. See also the <link linkend="DIRECTORYMODE">
                <parameter>directory mode</parameter></link> parameter for masking 
                mode bits on created directories.  See also the <link linkend="INHERITPERMISSIONS">
                <parameter>inherit permissions</parameter></link> parameter.</para>

                <para>Note that this parameter does not apply to permissions
                set by Windows NT/2000 ACL editors. If the administrator wishes to enforce
                a mask on access control lists also, they need to set the <link 
                linkend="SECURITYMASK"><parameter>security mask</parameter></link>.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>create mask = 0744</command></para>
                <para>Example: <command>create mask = 0775</command></para></listitem>
                </varlistentry>
                
                
                
                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="CREATEMODE">create mode (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>This is a synonym for <link linkend="CREATEMASK"><parameter>
                create mask</parameter></link>.</para></listitem>
                </varlistentry>
                
                
                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="CSCPOLICY">csc policy (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>This stands for <emphasis>client-side caching 
                policy</emphasis>, and specifies how clients capable of offline
                caching will cache the files in the share. The valid values
                are: manual, documents, programs, disable.</para>

                <para>These values correspond to those used on Windows
                servers.</para>

                <para>For example, shares containing roaming profiles can have
                offline caching disabled using <command>csc policy = disable
                </command>.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>csc policy = manual</command></para>
                <para>Example: <command>csc policy = programs</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>
                
                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="DEADTIME">deadtime (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>The value of the parameter (a decimal integer) 
                represents the number of minutes of inactivity before a connection 
                is considered dead, and it is disconnected. The deadtime only takes 
                effect if the number of open files is zero.</para>
                
                <para>This is useful to stop a server's resources being 
                exhausted by a large number of inactive connections.</para>

                <para>Most clients have an auto-reconnect feature when a 
                connection is broken so in most cases this parameter should be 
                transparent to users.</para>

                <para>Using this parameter with a timeout of a few minutes 
                is recommended for most systems.</para>

                <para>A deadtime of zero indicates that no auto-disconnection 
                should be performed.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>deadtime = 0</command></para>
                <para>Example: <command>deadtime = 15</command></para></listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="DEBUGHIRESTIMESTAMP">debug hires timestamp (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>Sometimes the timestamps in the log messages 
                are needed with a resolution of higher that seconds, this 
                boolean parameter adds microsecond resolution to the timestamp 
                message header when turned on.</para>

                <para>Note that the parameter <link linkend="DEBUGTIMESTAMP"><parameter>
                debug timestamp</parameter></link> must be on for this to have an 
                effect.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>debug hires timestamp = no</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>
                


                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="DEBUGPID">debug pid (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>When using only one log file for more then one 
                forked <ulink url="smbd.8.html">smbd</ulink>-process there may be hard to follow which process 
                outputs which message. This boolean parameter is adds the process-id 
                to the timestamp message headers in the logfile when turned on.</para>

                <para>Note that the parameter <link linkend="DEBUGTIMESTAMP"><parameter>
                debug timestamp</parameter></link> must be on for this to have an 
                effect.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>debug pid = no</command></para></listitem>
                </varlistentry>


                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="DEBUGTIMESTAMP">debug timestamp (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>Samba debug log messages are timestamped 
                by default. If you are running at a high <link linkend="DEBUGLEVEL">
                <parameter>debug level</parameter></link> these timestamps
                can be distracting. This boolean parameter allows timestamping 
                to be turned off.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>debug timestamp = yes</command></para></listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="DEBUGUID">debug uid (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>Samba is sometimes run as root and sometime 
                run as the connected user, this boolean parameter inserts the 
                current euid, egid, uid and gid to the timestamp message headers 
                in the log file if turned on.</para>
                
                <para>Note that the parameter <link linkend="DEBUGTIMESTAMP"><parameter>
                debug timestamp</parameter></link> must be on for this to have an 
                effect.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>debug uid = no</command></para></listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="DEBUGLEVEL">debuglevel (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>Synonym for <link linkend="LOGLEVEL"><parameter>
                log level</parameter></link>.</para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="DEFAULT">default (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>A synonym for <link linkend="DEFAULTSERVICE"><parameter>
                default service</parameter></link>.</para></listitem>
                </varlistentry>
                
                
                
                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="DEFAULTCASE">default case (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>See the section on <link linkend="NAMEMANGLINGSECT">
                NAME MANGLING</link>. Also note the <link linkend="SHORTPRESERVECASE">
                <parameter>short preserve case</parameter></link> parameter.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>default case = lower</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="DEFAULTDEVMODE">default devmode (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>This parameter is only applicable to <link
                linkend="PRINTOK">printable</link> services.  When smbd is serving
                Printer Drivers to Windows NT/2k/XP clients, each printer on the Samba
                server has a Device Mode which defines things such as paper size and
                orientation and duplex settings.  The device mode can only correctly be
                generated by the printer driver itself (which can only be executed on a
                Win32 platform).  Because smbd is unable to execute the driver code
                to generate the device mode, the default behavior is to set this field
                to NULL.
                </para>

                <para>Most problems with serving printer drivers to Windows NT/2k/XP clients
                can be traced to a problem with the generated device mode.  Certain drivers
                will do things such as crashing the client's Explorer.exe with a NULL devmode.
                However, other printer drivers can cause the client's spooler service
                (spoolsv.exe) to die if the devmode was not created by the driver itself
                (i.e. smbd generates a default devmode).
                </para>

                <para>This parameter should be used with care and tested with the printer
                driver in question.  It is better to leave the device mode to NULL
                and let the Windows client set the correct values.  Because drivers do not
                do this all the time, setting <command>default devmode = yes</command>
                will instruct smbd to generate a default one.
                </para>

                <para>For more information on Windows NT/2k printing and Device Modes,
                see the <ulink url="http://msdn.microsoft.com/">MSDN documentation</ulink>.
                </para>

                <para>Default: <command>default devmode = no</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="DEFAULTSERVICE">default service (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This parameter specifies the name of a service
                which will be connected to if the service actually requested cannot
                be found. Note that the square brackets are <emphasis>NOT</emphasis>
                given in the parameter value (see example below).</para>

                <para>There is no default value for this parameter. If this 
                parameter is not given, attempting to connect to a nonexistent 
                service results in an error.</para>

                <para>Typically the default service would be a <link linkend="GUESTOK">
                <parameter>guest ok</parameter></link>, <link linkend="READONLY">
                <parameter>read-only</parameter></link> service.</para>

                <para>Also note that the apparent service name will be changed 
                to equal that of the requested service, this is very useful as it 
                allows you to use macros like <parameter>%S</parameter> to make 
                a wildcard service.</para>

                <para>Note also that any "_" characters in the name of the service 
                used in the default service will get mapped to a "/". This allows for
                interesting things.</para>


                <para>Example:</para>
                
                <para><programlisting>
[global]
        default service = pub
        
[pub]
        path = /%S
                </programlisting></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>
                
                <varlistentry><term><anchor id="DELETEGROUPSCRIPT">delete group script (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This is the full pathname to a script that will 
                be run <emphasis>AS ROOT</emphasis> by <ulink url="smbd.8.html">smbd(8)</ulink> when a group is requested to be deleted. It will expand any <parameter>%g</parameter> to the group name passed.  This script is only useful for installations using the Windows NT domain administration tools.
                </para></listitem>
                </varlistentry>

                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="DELETEPRINTERCOMMAND">deleteprinter command (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>With the introduction of MS-RPC based printer
                support for Windows NT/2000 clients in Samba 2.2, it is now 
                possible to delete printer at run time by issuing the 
                DeletePrinter() RPC call.</para>
                
                <para>For a Samba host this means that the printer must be 
                physically deleted from underlying printing system.  The <parameter>
                deleteprinter command</parameter> defines a script to be run which 
                will perform the necessary operations for removing the printer
                from the print system and from <filename>smb.conf</filename>.
                </para>
                
                <para>The <parameter>deleteprinter command</parameter> is 
                automatically called with only one parameter: <parameter>
                "printer name"</parameter>.</para>
                
                                
                <para>Once the <parameter>deleteprinter command</parameter> has 
                been executed, <command>smbd</command> will reparse the <filename>
                smb.conf</filename> to associated printer no longer exists.  
                If the sharename is still valid, then <command>smbd
                </command> will return an ACCESS_DENIED error to the client.</para>
                
                <para>See also <link linkend="ADDPRINTERCOMMAND"><parameter>
                addprinter command</parameter></link>, <link 
                linkend="printing"><parameter>printing</parameter></link>,
                <link linkend="SHOWADDPRINTERWIZARD"><parameter>show add
                printer wizard</parameter></link></para>
                
                <para>Default: <emphasis>none</emphasis></para>
                <para>Example: <command>deleteprinter command = /usr/bin/removeprinter
                </command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>






                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="DELETEREADONLY">delete readonly (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>This parameter allows readonly files to be deleted.  
                This is not normal DOS semantics, but is allowed by UNIX.</para>
                
                <para>This option may be useful for running applications such 
                as rcs, where UNIX file ownership prevents changing file 
                permissions, and DOS semantics prevent deletion of a read only file.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>delete readonly = no</command></para></listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="DELETESHARECOMMAND">delete share command (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>Samba 2.2.0 introduced the ability to dynamically 
                add and delete shares via the Windows NT 4.0 Server Manager.  The 
                <parameter>delete share command</parameter> is used to define an 
                external program or script which will remove an existing service 
                definition from <filename>smb.conf</filename>.  In order to successfully 
                execute the <parameter>delete share command</parameter>, <command>smbd</command>
                requires that the administrator be connected using a root account (i.e. 
                uid == 0).
                </para>
                
                <para>
                When executed, <command>smbd</command> will automatically invoke the 
                <parameter>delete share command</parameter> with two parameters.
                </para>
                
                <itemizedlist>
                        <listitem><para><parameter>configFile</parameter> - the location 
                        of the global <filename>smb.conf</filename> file. 
                        </para></listitem>
                        
                        <listitem><para><parameter>shareName</parameter> - the name of 
                        the existing service.
                        </para></listitem>
                </itemizedlist>
                
                <para>
                This parameter is only used to remove file shares.  To delete printer shares, 
                see the <link linkend="DELETEPRINTERCOMMAND"><parameter>deleteprinter 
                command</parameter></link>.
                </para>
                
                <para>
                See also <link linkend="ADDSHARECOMMAND"><parameter>add share
                command</parameter></link>, <link linkend="CHANGESHARECOMMAND"><parameter>change 
                share command</parameter></link>.
                </para>
                
                <para>Default: <emphasis>none</emphasis></para>
                <para>Example: <command>delete share command = /usr/local/bin/delshare</command></para>
                
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>


                
                
                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="DELETEUSERSCRIPT">delete user script (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This is the full pathname to a script that will 
                be run by <ulink url="smbd.8.html"><command>smbd(8)</command></ulink>
                when managing user's with remote RPC (NT) tools.
                </para>

                <para>This script is called when a remote client removes a user
                from the server, normally using 'User Manager for Domains' or
                <command>rpcclient</command>.
                </para>

                <para>This script should delete the given UNIX username. 
                </para>

                <para>Default: <command>delete user script = &lt;empty string&gt;
                </command></para>
                <para>Example: <command>delete user script = /usr/local/samba/bin/del_user 
                %u</command></para></listitem>
                </varlistentry>

                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="DELETEUSERFROMGROUPSCRIPT">delete user from group script (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>Full path to the script that will be called when 
                a user is removed from a group using the Windows NT domain administration 
                tools. It will be run by <ulink url="smbd.8.html">smbd(8)</ulink> 
                <emphasis>AS ROOT</emphasis>. Any <parameter>%g</parameter> will be 
                replaced with the group name and any <parameter>%u</parameter> will 
                be replaced with the user name.
                </para>

                <para>Default: <command>delete user from group script = </command></para>

                <para>Example: <command>delete user from group script = /usr/sbin/deluser %u %g</command></para>
                
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>

                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="DELETEVETOFILES">delete veto files (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>This option is used when Samba is attempting to 
                delete a directory that contains one or more vetoed directories 
                (see the <link linkend="VETOFILES"><parameter>veto files</parameter></link>
                option).  If this option is set to <constant>no</constant> (the default) then if a vetoed 
                directory contains any non-vetoed files or directories then the 
                directory delete will fail. This is usually what you want.</para>

                <para>If this option is set to <constant>yes</constant>, then Samba 
                will attempt to recursively delete any files and directories within 
                the vetoed directory. This can be useful for integration with file 
                serving systems such as NetAtalk which create meta-files within 
                directories you might normally veto DOS/Windows users from seeing 
                (e.g. <filename>.AppleDouble</filename>)</para>

                <para>Setting <command>delete veto files = yes</command> allows these 
                directories to be  transparently deleted when the parent directory 
                is deleted (so long as the user has permissions to do so).</para>

                <para>See also the <link linkend="VETOFILES"><parameter>veto 
                files</parameter></link> parameter.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>delete veto files = no</command></para></listitem>
                </varlistentry>




                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="DENYHOSTS">deny hosts (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>Synonym for <link linkend="HOSTSDENY"><parameter>hosts 
                deny</parameter></link>.</para></listitem>
                </varlistentry>

                
                
                
                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="DFREECOMMAND">dfree command (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>The <parameter>dfree command</parameter> setting should 
                only be used on systems where a problem occurs with the internal 
                disk space calculations. This has been known to happen with Ultrix, 
                but may occur with other operating systems. The symptom that was 
                seen was an error of "Abort Retry Ignore" at the end of each 
                directory listing.</para>
                
                <para>This setting allows the replacement of the internal routines to
                calculate the total disk space and amount available with an external
                routine. The example below gives a possible script that might fulfill
                this function.</para>

                <para>The external program will be passed a single parameter indicating 
                a directory in the filesystem being queried. This will typically consist
                of the string <filename>./</filename>. The script should return two 
                integers in ASCII. The first should be the total disk space in blocks, 
                and the second should be the number of available blocks. An optional 
                third return value can give the block size in bytes. The default 
                blocksize is 1024 bytes.</para>

                <para>Note: Your script should <emphasis>NOT</emphasis> be setuid or 
                setgid and should be owned by (and writeable only by) root!</para>

                <para>Default: <emphasis>By default internal routines for 
                determining the disk capacity and remaining space will be used.
                </emphasis></para>

                <para>Example: <command>dfree command = /usr/local/samba/bin/dfree
                </command></para>

                <para>Where the script dfree (which must be made executable) could be:</para>

                <para><programlisting> 
                #!/bin/sh
                df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}'
                </programlisting></para>

                <para>or perhaps (on Sys V based systems):</para>

                <para><programlisting> 
                #!/bin/sh
                /usr/bin/df -k $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $3" "$5}'
                </programlisting></para>
                
                <para>Note that you may have to replace the command names 
                with full path names on some systems.</para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>
                
                
                
                
                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="DIRECTORY">directory (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>Synonym for <link linkend="PATH"><parameter>path
                </parameter></link>.</para></listitem>
                </varlistentry>
                
                
                
                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="DIRECTORYMASK">directory mask (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>This parameter is the octal modes which are 
                used when converting DOS modes to UNIX modes when creating UNIX 
                directories.</para>

                <para>When a directory is created, the necessary permissions are 
                calculated according to the mapping from DOS modes to UNIX permissions, 
                and the resulting UNIX mode is then bit-wise 'AND'ed with this 
                parameter. This parameter may be thought of as a bit-wise MASK for 
                the UNIX modes of a directory. Any bit <emphasis>not</emphasis> set 
                here will be removed from the modes set on a directory when it is 
                created.</para>

                <para>The default value of this parameter removes the 'group' 
                and 'other' write bits from the UNIX mode, allowing only the 
                user who owns the directory to modify it.</para>
                
                <para>Following this Samba will bit-wise 'OR' the UNIX mode 
                created from this parameter with the value of the <link
                linkend="FORCEDIRECTORYMODE"><parameter>force directory mode
                </parameter></link> parameter. This parameter is set to 000 by 
                default (i.e. no extra mode bits are added).</para>

                <para>Note that this parameter does not apply to permissions
                set by Windows NT/2000 ACL editors. If the administrator wishes to enforce
                a mask on access control lists also, they need to set the <link 
                linkend="DIRECTORYSECURITYMASK"><parameter>directory security mask</parameter></link>.</para>

                <para>See the <link linkend="FORCEDIRECTORYMODE"><parameter>force 
                directory mode</parameter></link> parameter to cause particular mode 
                bits to always be set on created directories.</para>

                <para>See also the <link linkend="CREATEMODE"><parameter>create mode
                </parameter></link> parameter for masking mode bits on created files, 
                and the <link linkend="DIRECTORYSECURITYMASK"><parameter>directory 
                security mask</parameter></link> parameter.</para>

                <para>Also refer to the <link linkend="INHERITPERMISSIONS"><parameter>
                inherit permissions</parameter></link> parameter.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>directory mask = 0755</command></para>
                <para>Example: <command>directory mask = 0775</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="DIRECTORYMODE">directory mode (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>Synonym for <link linkend="DIRECTORYMASK"><parameter>
                directory mask</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                </varlistentry>
                
                
                
                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="DIRECTORYSECURITYMASK">directory security mask (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>This parameter controls what UNIX permission bits 
                can be modified when a Windows NT client is manipulating the UNIX 
                permission on a directory using the native NT security dialog 
                box.</para>

                <para>This parameter is applied as a mask (AND'ed with) to 
                the changed permission bits, thus preventing any bits not in 
                this mask from being modified. Essentially, zero bits in this 
                mask may be treated as a set of bits the user is not allowed 
                to change.</para>

                <para>If not set explicitly this parameter is set to 0777
                meaning a user is allowed to modify all the user/group/world
                permissions on a directory.</para>

                <para><emphasis>Note</emphasis> that users who can access the 
                Samba server through other means can easily bypass this restriction, 
                so it is primarily useful for standalone "appliance" systems.  
                Administrators of most normal systems will probably want to leave
                it as the default of <constant>0777</constant>.</para>

                <para>See also the <link linkend="FORCEDIRECTORYSECURITYMODE"><parameter>
                force directory security mode</parameter></link>, <link
                linkend="SECURITYMASK"><parameter>security mask</parameter></link>, 
                <link linkend="FORCESECURITYMODE"><parameter>force security mode
                </parameter></link> parameters.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>directory security mask = 0777</command></para>
                <para>Example: <command>directory security mask = 0700</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>


                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="DISABLENETBIOS">disable netbios (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>Enabling this parameter will disable netbios support
                in Samba. Netbios is the only available form of browsing in 
                all windows versions except for 2000 and XP. </para>

                <para>Note that clients that only support netbios won't be able to 
                see your samba server when netbios support is disabled.
                </para>

                <para>Default: <command>disable netbios = no</command></para>
                <para>Example: <command>disable netbios = yes</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>

                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="DISABLESPOOLSS">disable spoolss (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>Enabling this parameter will disable Samba's support
                for the SPOOLSS set of MS-RPC's and will yield identical behavior
                as Samba 2.0.x.  Windows NT/2000 clients will downgrade to using
                Lanman style printing commands. Windows 9x/ME will be uneffected by
                the parameter. However, this will also disable the ability to upload
                printer drivers to a Samba server via the Windows NT Add Printer
                Wizard or by using the NT printer properties dialog window.  It will
                also disable the capability of Windows NT/2000 clients to download
                print drivers from the Samba host upon demand.
                <emphasis>Be very careful about enabling this parameter.</emphasis>
                </para>

                <para>See also <link linkend="USECLIENTDRIVER">use client driver</link>
                </para>
 
                <para>Default : <command>disable spoolss = no</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>
                
                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="DISPLAYCHARSET">display charset (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>Specifies the charset that samba will use 
                to print messages to stdout and stderr and SWAT will use. 
                Should generally be the same as the <command>unix charset</command>.
                </para>

                <para>Default: <command>display charset = ASCII</command></para>

                <para>Example: <command>display charset = UTF8</command></para>

                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>
                
                
                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="DNSPROXY">dns proxy (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>Specifies that <ulink url="nmbd.8.html">nmbd(8)</ulink> 
                when acting as a WINS server and finding that a NetBIOS name has not 
                been registered, should treat the NetBIOS name word-for-word as a DNS 
                name and do a lookup with the DNS server for that name on behalf of 
                the name-querying client.</para>

                <para>Note that the maximum length for a NetBIOS name is 15 
                characters, so the DNS name (or DNS alias) can likewise only be 
                15 characters, maximum.</para>

                <para><command>nmbd</command> spawns a second copy of itself to do the
                DNS name lookup requests, as doing a name lookup is a blocking 
                action.</para>

                <para>See also the parameter <link linkend="WINSSUPPORT"><parameter>
                wins support</parameter></link>.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>dns proxy = yes</command></para></listitem>
                </varlistentry>


                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="DOMAINLOGONS">domain logons (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>If set to <constant>yes</constant>, the Samba server will serve 
                Windows 95/98 Domain logons for the <link linkend="WORKGROUP">
                <parameter>workgroup</parameter></link> it is in. Samba 2.2
                has limited capability to act as a domain controller for Windows 
                NT 4 Domains.  For more details on setting up this feature see 
                the Samba-PDC-HOWTO included in the <filename>htmldocs/</filename>
                directory shipped with the source code.</para>
                
                <para>Default: <command>domain logons = no</command></para></listitem>
                </varlistentry>
                
                
                
                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="DOMAINMASTER">domain master (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>Tell <ulink url="nmbd.8.html"><command>
                nmbd(8)</command></ulink> to enable WAN-wide browse list
                collation. Setting this option causes <command>nmbd</command> to
                claim a special domain specific NetBIOS name that identifies 
                it as a domain master browser for its given <link linkend="WORKGROUP">
                <parameter>workgroup</parameter></link>. Local master browsers 
                in the same <parameter>workgroup</parameter> on broadcast-isolated 
                subnets will give this <command>nmbd</command> their local browse lists, 
                and then ask <ulink url="smbd.8.html"><command>smbd(8)</command></ulink> 
                for a complete copy of the browse list for the whole wide area 
                network.  Browser clients will then contact their local master browser, 
                and will receive the domain-wide browse list, instead of just the list 
                for their broadcast-isolated subnet.</para>

                <para>Note that Windows NT Primary Domain Controllers expect to be 
                able to claim this <parameter>workgroup</parameter> specific special 
                NetBIOS name that identifies them as domain master browsers for 
                that <parameter>workgroup</parameter> by default (i.e. there is no 
                way to prevent a Windows NT PDC from attempting to do this). This 
                means that if this parameter is set and <command>nmbd</command> claims 
                the special name for a <parameter>workgroup</parameter> before a Windows 
                NT PDC is able to do so then cross subnet browsing will behave 
                strangely and may fail.</para>
                
                <para>If <link linkend="DOMAINLOGONS"><command>domain logons = yes</command>
                </link>, then the default behavior is to enable the <parameter>domain 
                master</parameter> parameter.  If <parameter>domain logons</parameter> is 
                not enabled (the default setting), then neither will <parameter>domain 
                master</parameter> be enabled by default.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>domain master = auto</command></para></listitem>
                </varlistentry>
                
                
                
                
                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="DONTDESCEND">dont descend (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>There are certain directories on some systems 
                (e.g., the <filename>/proc</filename> tree under Linux) that are either not 
                of interest to clients or are infinitely deep (recursive). This 
                parameter allows you to specify a comma-delimited list of directories 
                that the server should always show as empty.</para>

                <para>Note that Samba can be very fussy about the exact format 
                of the "dont descend" entries. For example you may need <filename>
                ./proc</filename> instead of just <filename>/proc</filename>. 
                Experimentation is the best policy :-)  </para>
                
                <para>Default: <emphasis>none (i.e., all directories are OK 
                to descend)</emphasis></para>
                <para>Example: <command>dont descend = /proc,/dev</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>
                
                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="DOSCHARSET">dos charset (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>DOS SMB clients assume the server has 
                the same charset as they do. This option specifies which 
                charset Samba should talk to DOS clients.
                </para>

                <para>The default depends on which charsets you have instaled. 
                Samba tries to use charset 850 but falls back to ASCII in 
                case it is not available. Run <ulink url="testparm.1.html">testparm(1)
                </ulink> to check the default on your system.
                </para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>

                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="DOSFILEMODE">dos filemode (S)</term>
                <listitem><para> The default behavior in Samba is to provide 
                UNIX-like behavior where only the owner of a file/directory is 
                able to change the permissions on it.  However, this behavior
                is often confusing to  DOS/Windows users.  Enabling this parameter 
                allows a user who has write access to the file (by whatever 
                means) to modify the permissions on it.  Note that a user
                belonging to the group owning the file will not be allowed to
                change permissions if the group is only granted read access.
                Ownership of the file/directory is not changed, only the permissions 
                are modified.</para>
                
                <para>Default: <command>dos filemode = no</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>

                
                
                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="DOSFILETIMERESOLUTION">dos filetime resolution (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>Under the DOS and Windows FAT filesystem, the finest 
                granularity on time resolution is two seconds. Setting this parameter 
                for a share causes Samba to round the reported time down to the 
                nearest two second boundary when a query call that requires one second 
                resolution is made to <ulink url="smbd.8.html"><command>smbd(8)</command>
                </ulink>.</para>

                <para>This option is mainly used as a compatibility option for Visual 
                C++ when used against Samba shares. If oplocks are enabled on a 
                share, Visual C++ uses two different time reading calls to check if a 
                file has changed since it was last read. One of these calls uses a
                one-second granularity, the other uses a two second granularity. As
                the two second call rounds any odd second down, then if the file has a
                timestamp of an odd number of seconds then the two timestamps will not
                match and Visual C++ will keep reporting the file has changed. Setting
                this option causes the two timestamps to match, and Visual C++ is
                happy.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>dos filetime resolution = no</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="DOSFILETIMES">dos filetimes (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>Under DOS and Windows, if a user can write to a 
                file they can change the timestamp on it. Under POSIX semantics, 
                only the owner of the file or root may change the timestamp. By 
                default, Samba runs with POSIX semantics and refuses to change the 
                timestamp on a file if the user <command>smbd</command> is acting 
                on behalf of is not the file owner. Setting this option to <constant>
                yes</constant> allows DOS semantics and <ulink url="smbd.8.html">smbd</ulink> will change the file 
                timestamp as DOS requires.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>dos filetimes = no</command></para></listitem>
                </varlistentry>

                

                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="ENCRYPTPASSWORDS">encrypt passwords (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This boolean controls whether encrypted passwords 
                will be negotiated with the client. Note that Windows NT 4.0 SP3 and 
                above and also Windows 98 will by default expect encrypted passwords 
                unless a registry entry is changed. To use encrypted passwords in 
                Samba see the file ENCRYPTION.txt in the Samba documentation 
                directory <filename>docs/</filename> shipped with the source code.</para>

                <para>In order for encrypted passwords to work correctly
                <ulink url="smbd.8.html"><command>smbd(8)</command></ulink> must either 
                have access to a local <ulink url="smbpasswd.5.html"><filename>smbpasswd(5)
                </filename></ulink> file (see the <ulink url="smbpasswd.8.html"><command>
                smbpasswd(8)</command></ulink> program for information on how to set up 
                and maintain this file), or set the <link
                linkend="SECURITY">security = [server|domain|ads]</link> parameter which 
                causes <command>smbd</command> to authenticate against another 
                server.</para>
                
                <para>Default: <command>encrypt passwords = yes</command></para></listitem>
                </varlistentry>


                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="ENHANCEDBROWSING">enhanced browsing (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This option enables a couple of enhancements to 
                cross-subnet browse propagation that have been added in Samba 
                but which are not standard in Microsoft implementations.  
                </para>

                <para>The first enhancement to browse propagation consists of a regular
                wildcard query to a Samba WINS server for all Domain Master Browsers,
                followed by a browse synchronization with each of the returned
                DMBs. The second enhancement consists of a regular randomised browse
                synchronization with all currently known DMBs.</para>

                <para>You may wish to disable this option if you have a problem with empty
                workgroups not disappearing from browse lists. Due to the restrictions
                of the browse protocols these enhancements can cause a empty workgroup
                to stay around forever which can be annoying.</para>

                <para>In general you should leave this option enabled as it makes
                cross-subnet browse propagation much more reliable.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>enhanced browsing = yes</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>


                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="ENUMPORTSCOMMAND">enumports command (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>The concept of a "port" is fairly foreign
                to UNIX hosts.  Under Windows NT/2000 print servers, a port
                is associated with a port monitor and generally takes the form of
                a local port (i.e. LPT1:, COM1:, FILE:) or a remote port
                (i.e. LPD Port Monitor, etc...).  By default, Samba has only one
                port defined--<constant>"Samba Printer Port"</constant>.  Under 
                Windows NT/2000, all printers must have a valid port name.  
                If you wish to have a list of ports displayed (<command>smbd
                </command> does not use a port name for anything) other than 
                the default <constant>"Samba Printer Port"</constant>, you 
                can define <parameter>enumports command</parameter> to point to
                a program which should generate a list of ports, one per line,
                to standard output.  This listing will then be used in response
                to the level 1 and 2 EnumPorts() RPC.</para>
                
                <para>Default: <emphasis>no enumports command</emphasis></para>
                <para>Example: <command>enumports command = /usr/bin/listports
                </command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>
                
                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="EXEC">exec (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>This is a synonym for <link linkend="PREEXEC">
                <parameter>preexec</parameter></link>.</para></listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="FAKEDIRECTORYCREATETIMES">fake directory create times (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>NTFS and Windows VFAT file systems keep a create 
                time for all files and directories. This is not the same as the 
                ctime - status change time - that Unix keeps, so Samba by default 
                reports the earliest of the various times Unix does keep. Setting 
                this parameter for a share causes Samba to always report midnight 
                1-1-1980 as the create time for directories.</para>

                <para>This option is mainly used as a compatibility option for 
                Visual C++ when used against Samba shares. Visual C++ generated 
                makefiles have the object directory as a dependency for each object 
                file, and a make rule to create the directory. Also, when NMAKE 
                compares timestamps it uses the creation time when examining a 
                directory. Thus the object directory will be created if it does not 
                exist, but once it does exist it will always have an earlier 
                timestamp than the object files it contains.</para>

                <para>However, Unix time semantics mean that the create time 
                reported by Samba will be updated whenever a file is created or 
                or deleted in the directory.  NMAKE finds all object files in 
                the object directory.  The timestamp of the last one built is then 
                compared to the timestamp of the object directory.  If the 
                directory's timestamp if newer, then all object files
                will be rebuilt.  Enabling this option 
                ensures directories always predate their contents and an NMAKE build 
                will proceed as expected.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>fake directory create times = no</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="FAKEOPLOCKS">fake oplocks (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>Oplocks are the way that SMB clients get permission 
                from a server to locally cache file operations. If a server grants 
                an oplock (opportunistic lock) then the client is free to assume 
                that it is the only one accessing the file and it will aggressively 
                cache file data. With some oplock types the client may even cache 
                file open/close operations. This can give enormous performance benefits.
                </para>

                <para>When you set <command>fake oplocks = yes</command>, <ulink 
                url="smbd.8.html"><command>smbd(8)</command></ulink> will
                always grant oplock requests no matter how many clients are using 
                the file.</para>

                <para>It is generally much better to use the real <link 
                linkend="OPLOCKS"><parameter>oplocks</parameter></link> support rather 
                than this parameter.</para>
                
                <para>If you enable this option on all read-only shares or 
                shares that you know will only be accessed from one client at a 
                time such as physically read-only media like CDROMs, you will see 
                a big performance improvement on many operations. If you enable 
                this option on shares where multiple clients may be accessing the 
                files read-write at the same time you can get data corruption. Use 
                this option carefully!</para>
                
                <para>Default: <command>fake oplocks = no</command></para></listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="FOLLOWSYMLINKS">follow symlinks (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>This parameter allows the Samba administrator 
                to stop <ulink url="smbd.8.html"><command>smbd(8)</command></ulink> 
                from following symbolic links in a particular share. Setting this 
                parameter to <constant>no</constant> prevents any file or directory 
                that is a symbolic link from being followed (the user will get an 
                error).  This option is very useful to stop users from adding a 
                symbolic link to <filename>/etc/passwd</filename> in their home 
                directory for instance.  However it will slow filename lookups 
                down slightly.</para>

                <para>This option is enabled (i.e. <command>smbd</command> will 
                follow symbolic links) by default.</para>
                
                <para>Default: <command>follow symlinks = yes</command></para></listitem>
                </varlistentry>
                
                
                
                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="FORCECREATEMODE">force create mode (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>This parameter specifies a set of UNIX mode bit 
                permissions that will <emphasis>always</emphasis> be set on a 
                file created by Samba. This is done by bitwise 'OR'ing these bits onto 
                the mode bits of a file that is being created or having its 
                permissions changed. The default for this parameter is (in octal) 
                000. The modes in this parameter are bitwise 'OR'ed onto the file 
                mode after the mask set in the <parameter>create mask</parameter> 
                parameter is applied.</para>
                
                <para>See also the parameter <link linkend="CREATEMASK"><parameter>create 
                mask</parameter></link> for details on masking mode bits on files.</para>

                <para>See also the <link linkend="INHERITPERMISSIONS"><parameter>inherit 
                permissions</parameter></link> parameter.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>force create mode = 000</command></para>
                <para>Example: <command>force create mode = 0755</command></para>

                <para>would force all created files to have read and execute 
                permissions set for 'group' and 'other' as well as the 
                read/write/execute bits set for the 'user'.</para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="FORCEDIRECTORYMODE">force directory mode (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>This parameter specifies a set of UNIX mode bit 
                permissions that will <emphasis>always</emphasis> be set on a directory 
                created by Samba. This is done by bitwise 'OR'ing these bits onto the 
                mode bits of a directory that is being created. The default for this 
                parameter is (in octal) 0000 which will not add any extra permission 
                bits to a created directory. This operation is done after the mode 
                mask in the parameter <parameter>directory mask</parameter> is 
                applied.</para>

                <para>See also the parameter <link linkend="DIRECTORYMASK"><parameter>
                directory mask</parameter></link> for details on masking mode bits 
                on created directories.</para>
                
                <para>See also the <link linkend="INHERITPERMISSIONS"><parameter>
                inherit permissions</parameter></link> parameter.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>force directory mode = 000</command></para>
                <para>Example: <command>force directory mode = 0755</command></para>

                <para>would force all created directories to have read and execute
                permissions set for 'group' and 'other' as well as the
                read/write/execute bits set for the 'user'.</para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>
                
                
                
                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="FORCEDIRECTORYSECURITYMODE">force directory security mode (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>This parameter controls what UNIX permission bits 
                can be modified when a Windows NT client is manipulating the UNIX 
                permission on a directory using the native NT security dialog box.</para>

                <para>This parameter is applied as a mask (OR'ed with) to the 
                changed permission bits, thus forcing any bits in this mask that 
                the user may have modified to be on. Essentially, one bits in this 
                mask may be treated as a set of bits that, when modifying security 
                on a directory, the user has always set to be 'on'.</para>

                <para>If not set explicitly this parameter is 000, which 
                allows a user to modify all the user/group/world permissions on a 
                directory without restrictions.</para>

                <para><emphasis>Note</emphasis> that users who can access the 
                Samba server through other means can easily bypass this restriction, 
                so it is primarily useful for standalone "appliance" systems.  
                Administrators of most normal systems will probably want to leave
                it set as 0000.</para>

                <para>See also the <link linkend="DIRECTORYSECURITYMASK"><parameter>
                directory security mask</parameter></link>, <link linkend="SECURITYMASK">
                <parameter>security mask</parameter></link>, 
                <link linkend="FORCESECURITYMODE"><parameter>force security mode
                </parameter></link> parameters.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>force directory security mode = 0</command></para>
                <para>Example: <command>force directory security mode = 700</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>




                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="FORCEGROUP">force group (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>This specifies a UNIX group name that will be 
                assigned as the default primary group for all users connecting 
                to this service. This is useful for sharing files by ensuring 
                that all access to files on service will use the named group for 
                their permissions checking. Thus, by assigning permissions for this 
                group to the files and directories within this service the Samba 
                administrator can restrict or allow sharing of these files.</para>

                <para>In Samba 2.0.5 and above this parameter has extended 
                functionality in the following way. If the group name listed here 
                has a '+' character prepended to it then the current user accessing 
                the share only has the primary group default assigned to this group 
                if they are already assigned as a member of that group. This allows 
                an administrator to decide that only users who are already in a 
                particular group will create files with group ownership set to that 
                group. This gives a finer granularity of ownership assignment. For 
                example, the setting <filename>force group = +sys</filename> means 
                that only users who are already in group sys will have their default
                primary group assigned to sys when accessing this Samba share. All
                other users will retain their ordinary primary group.</para>

                <para>If the <link linkend="FORCEUSER"><parameter>force user
                </parameter></link> parameter is also set the group specified in 
                <parameter>force group</parameter> will override the primary group
                set in <parameter>force user</parameter>.</para>

                <para>See also <link linkend="FORCEUSER"><parameter>force 
                user</parameter></link>.</para>

                <para>Default: <emphasis>no forced group</emphasis></para>
                <para>Example: <command>force group = agroup</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>

                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="FORCESECURITYMODE">force security mode (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>This parameter controls what UNIX permission 
                bits can be modified when a Windows NT client is manipulating 
                the UNIX permission on a file using the native NT security dialog 
                box.</para>
                
                <para>This parameter is applied as a mask (OR'ed with) to the 
                changed permission bits, thus forcing any bits in this mask that 
                the user may have modified to be on. Essentially, one bits in this 
                mask may be treated as a set of bits that, when modifying security 
                on a file, the user has always set to be 'on'.</para>

                <para>If not set explicitly this parameter is set to 0,
                and allows a user to modify all the user/group/world permissions on a file,
                with no restrictions.</para>
                
                <para><emphasis>Note</emphasis> that users who can access 
                the Samba server through other means can easily bypass this restriction, 
                so it is primarily useful for standalone "appliance" systems.  
                Administrators of most normal systems will probably want to leave
                this set to 0000.</para>

                <para>See also the <link linkend="FORCEDIRECTORYSECURITYMODE"><parameter>
                force directory security mode</parameter></link>,
                <link linkend="DIRECTORYSECURITYMASK"><parameter>directory security
                mask</parameter></link>, <link linkend="SECURITYMASK"><parameter>
                security mask</parameter></link> parameters.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>force security mode = 0</command></para>
                <para>Example: <command>force security mode = 700</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>


                
                
                
                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="FORCEUSER">force user (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>This specifies a UNIX user name that will be 
                assigned as the default user for all users connecting to this service. 
                This is useful for sharing files. You should also use it carefully 
                as using it incorrectly can cause security problems.</para>

                <para>This user name only gets used once a connection is established. 
                Thus clients still need to connect as a valid user and supply a 
                valid password. Once connected, all file operations will be performed 
                as the "forced user", no matter what username the client connected 
                as.  This can be very useful.</para>

                <para>In Samba 2.0.5 and above this parameter also causes the 
                primary group of the forced user to be used as the primary group 
                for all file activity. Prior to 2.0.5 the primary group was left 
                as the primary group of the connecting user (this was a bug).</para>

                <para>See also <link linkend="FORCEGROUP"><parameter>force group
                </parameter></link></para>

                <para>Default: <emphasis>no forced user</emphasis></para>
                <para>Example: <command>force user = auser</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="FSTYPE">fstype (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>This parameter allows the administrator to 
                configure the string that specifies the type of filesystem a share 
                is using that is reported by <ulink url="smbd.8.html"><command>smbd(8)
                </command></ulink> when a client queries the filesystem type
                for a share. The default type is <constant>NTFS</constant> for 
                compatibility with Windows NT but this can be changed to other 
                strings such as <constant>Samba</constant> or <constant>FAT
                </constant> if required.</para>
                
                <para>Default: <command>fstype = NTFS</command></para>
                <para>Example: <command>fstype = Samba</command></para></listitem>
                </varlistentry>
                
                
                
                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="GETWDCACHE">getwd cache (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This is a tuning option. When this is enabled a 
                caching algorithm will be used to reduce the time taken for getwd() 
                calls. This can have a significant impact on performance, especially 
                when the <link linkend="WIDELINKS"><parameter>wide links</parameter>
                </link>parameter is set to <constant>no</constant>.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>getwd cache = yes</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="GROUP">group (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>Synonym for <link linkend="FORCEGROUP"><parameter>force 
                group</parameter></link>.</para></listitem>
                </varlistentry>
                
                
                
                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="GUESTACCOUNT">guest account (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>This is a username which will be used for access 
                to services which are specified as <link linkend="GUESTOK"><parameter>
                guest ok</parameter></link> (see below). Whatever privileges this 
                user has will be available to any client connecting to the guest service. 
                Typically this user will exist in the password file, but will not
                have a valid login. The user account "ftp" is often a good choice 
                for this parameter. If a username is specified in a given service, 
                the specified username overrides this one.</para>

                <para>One some systems the default guest account "nobody" may not 
                be able to print. Use another account in this case. You should test 
                this by trying to log in as your guest user (perhaps by using the 
                <command>su -</command> command) and trying to print using the 
                system print command such as <command>lpr(1)</command> or <command>
                lp(1)</command>.</para>

                <para>This parameter does not accept % macros, because
                many parts of the system require this value to be
                constant for correct operation.</para>
                
                <para>Default: <emphasis>specified at compile time, usually 
                "nobody"</emphasis></para>

                <para>Example: <command>guest account = ftp</command></para></listitem>
                </varlistentry>

                
                
                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="GUESTOK">guest ok (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>If this parameter is <constant>yes</constant> for 
                a service, then no password is required to connect to the service. 
                Privileges will be those of the <link linkend="GUESTACCOUNT"><parameter>
                guest account</parameter></link>.</para>

                <para>See the section below on <link linkend="SECURITY"><parameter>
                security</parameter></link> for more information about this option.
                </para>

                <para>Default: <command>guest ok = no</command></para></listitem>
                </varlistentry>
                
                
                
                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="GUESTONLY">guest only (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>If this parameter is <constant>yes</constant> for 
                a service, then only guest connections to the service are permitted. 
                This parameter will have no effect if <link linkend="GUESTOK">
                <parameter>guest ok</parameter></link> is not set for the service.</para>

                <para>See the section below on <link linkend="SECURITY"><parameter>
                security</parameter></link> for more information about this option.
                </para>

                <para>Default: <command>guest only = no</command></para></listitem>
                </varlistentry>


                
                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="HIDEDOTFILES">hide dot files (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>This is a boolean parameter that controls whether 
                files starting with a dot appear as hidden files.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>hide dot files = yes</command></para></listitem>
                </varlistentry>


        
                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="HIDEFILES">hide files(S)</term>
                <listitem><para>This is a list of files or directories that are not 
                visible but are accessible.  The DOS 'hidden' attribute is applied 
                to any files or directories that match.</para>

                <para>Each entry in the list must be separated by a '/', 
                which allows spaces to be included in the entry.  '*'
                and '?' can be used to specify multiple files or directories 
                as in DOS wildcards.</para>

                <para>Each entry must be a Unix path, not a DOS path and must 
                not include the Unix directory separator '/'.</para>

                <para>Note that the case sensitivity option is applicable 
                in hiding files.</para>
                
                <para>Setting this parameter will affect the performance of Samba, 
                as it will be forced to check all files and directories for a match 
                as they are scanned.</para>

                <para>See also <link linkend="HIDEDOTFILES"><parameter>hide 
                dot files</parameter></link>, <link linkend="VETOFILES"><parameter>
                veto files</parameter></link> and <link linkend="CASESENSITIVE">
                <parameter>case sensitive</parameter></link>.</para>

                <para>Default: <emphasis>no file are hidden</emphasis></para>
                <para>Example: <command>hide files =
                /.*/DesktopFolderDB/TrashFor%m/resource.frk/</command></para>

                <para>The above example is based on files that the Macintosh 
                SMB client (DAVE) available from <ulink url="http://www.thursby.com"> 
                Thursby</ulink> creates for internal use, and also still hides 
                all files beginning with a dot.</para></listitem>
                </varlistentry>
                
                
                
                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="HIDELOCALUSERS">hide local users(G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This parameter toggles the hiding of local UNIX 
                users (root, wheel, floppy, etc) from remote clients.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>hide local users = no</command></para></listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="HIDEUNREADABLE">hide unreadable (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This parameter prevents clients from seeing the
                existance of files that cannot be read. Defaults to off.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>hide unreadable = no</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>

                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="HIDEUNWRITEABLEFILES">hide unwriteable files (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This parameter prevents clients from seeing
                the existance of files that cannot be written to. Defaults to off.
                Note that unwriteable directories are shown as usual.
                </para>

                <para>Default: <command>hide unwriteable = no</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>

                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="HIDESPECIALFILES">hide special files (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This parameter prevents clients from seeing
                special files such as sockets, devices and fifo's in directory 
                listings.
                </para>

                <para>Default: <command>hide special files = no</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>

                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="HOMEDIRMAP">homedir map (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>If<link linkend="NISHOMEDIR"><parameter>nis homedir
                </parameter></link> is <constant>yes</constant>, and <ulink 
                url="smbd.8.html"><command>smbd(8)</command></ulink> is also acting 
                as a Win95/98 <parameter>logon server</parameter> then this parameter 
                specifies the NIS (or YP) map from which the server for the user's 
                home directory should be extracted.  At present, only the Sun 
                auto.home map format is understood. The form of the map is:</para>

                <para><command>username server:/some/file/system</command></para>

                <para>and the program will extract the servername from before 
                the first ':'.  There should probably be a better parsing system 
                that copes with different map formats and also Amd (another 
                automounter) maps.</para>
                
                <para><emphasis>NOTE :</emphasis>A working NIS client is required on 
                the system for this option to work.</para>

                <para>See also <link linkend="NISHOMEDIR"><parameter>nis homedir</parameter>
                </link>, <link linkend="DOMAINLOGONS"><parameter>domain logons</parameter>
                </link>.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>homedir map = &lt;empty string&gt;</command></para>
                <para>Example: <command>homedir map = amd.homedir</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>




        
                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="HOSTMSDFS">host msdfs (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This boolean parameter is only available 
                if Samba has been configured and compiled with the <command>
                --with-msdfs</command> option. If set to <constant>yes</constant>, 
                Samba will act as a Dfs server, and  allow Dfs-aware clients 
                to browse Dfs trees hosted on the server.</para>

                <para>See also the <link linkend="MSDFSROOT"><parameter>
                msdfs root</parameter></link> share  level  parameter.  For
                more  information  on  setting  up a Dfs tree on Samba,
                refer to <ulink url="msdfs_setup.html">msdfs_setup.html</ulink>.
                </para>
                
                <para>Default: <command>host msdfs = no</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>
                
                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="HOSTNAMELOOKUPS">hostname lookups (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>Specifies whether samba should use (expensive)
                hostname lookups or use the ip addresses instead. An example place
                where hostname lookups are currently used is when checking 
                the <command>hosts deny</command> and <command>hosts allow</command>.
                </para>

                <para>Default: <command>hostname lookups = yes</command></para>

                <para>Example: <command>hostname lookups = no</command></para>

                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>

        
                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="HOSTSALLOW">hosts allow (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>A synonym for this parameter is <parameter>allow 
                hosts</parameter>.</para>
                
                <para>This parameter is a comma, space, or tab delimited 
                set of hosts which are permitted to access a service.</para>

                <para>If specified in the [global] section then it will
                apply to all services, regardless of whether the individual 
                service has a different setting.</para>

                <para>You can specify the hosts by name or IP number. For 
                example, you could restrict access to only the hosts on a 
                Class C subnet with something like <command>allow hosts = 150.203.5.
                </command>. The full syntax of the list is described in the man 
                page <filename>hosts_access(5)</filename>. Note that this man
                page may not be present on your system, so a brief description will
                be given here also.</para>

                <para>Note that the localhost address 127.0.0.1 will always 
                be allowed access unless specifically denied by a <link 
                linkend="HOSTSDENY"><parameter>hosts deny</parameter></link> option.</para>

                <para>You can also specify hosts by network/netmask pairs and 
                by netgroup names if your system supports netgroups. The 
                <emphasis>EXCEPT</emphasis> keyword can also be used to limit a 
                wildcard list. The following examples may provide some help:</para>

                <para>Example 1: allow all IPs in 150.203.*.*; except one</para>

                <para><command>hosts allow = 150.203. EXCEPT 150.203.6.66</command></para>

                <para>Example 2: allow hosts that match the given network/netmask</para>

                <para><command>hosts allow = 150.203.15.0/255.255.255.0</command></para>

                <para>Example 3: allow a couple of hosts</para>

                <para><command>hosts allow = lapland, arvidsjaur</command></para>

                <para>Example 4: allow only hosts in NIS netgroup "foonet", but 
                deny access from one particular host</para>

                <para><command>hosts allow = @foonet</command></para>

                <para><command>hosts deny = pirate</command></para>

                <para>Note that access still requires suitable user-level passwords.</para>

                <para>See <ulink url="testparm.1.html"><command>testparm(1)</command>
                </ulink> for a way of testing your host access to see if it does 
                what you expect.</para>

                <para>Default: <emphasis>none (i.e., all hosts permitted access)
                </emphasis></para>
                
                <para>Example: <command>allow hosts = 150.203.5. myhost.mynet.edu.au
                </command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="HOSTSDENY">hosts deny (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>The opposite of <parameter>hosts allow</parameter> 
                - hosts listed here are <emphasis>NOT</emphasis> permitted access to 
                services unless the specific services have their own lists to override 
                this one. Where the lists conflict, the <parameter>allow</parameter> 
                list takes precedence.</para>
                
                <para>Default: <emphasis>none (i.e., no hosts specifically excluded)
                </emphasis></para>

                <para>Example: <command>hosts deny = 150.203.4. badhost.mynet.edu.au
                </command></para></listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="HOSTSEQUIV">hosts equiv (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>If this global parameter is a non-null string, 
                it specifies the name of a file to read for the names of hosts 
                and users who will be allowed access without specifying a password.
                </para>
                
                <para>This is not be confused with <link linkend="HOSTSALLOW">
                <parameter>hosts allow</parameter></link> which is about hosts 
                access to services and is more useful for guest services. <parameter>
                hosts equiv</parameter> may be useful for NT clients which will 
                not supply passwords to Samba.</para>

                <para><emphasis>NOTE :</emphasis> The use of <parameter>hosts equiv
                </parameter> can be a major security hole. This is because you are 
                trusting the PC to supply the correct username. It is very easy to 
                get a PC to supply a false username. I recommend that the 
                <parameter>hosts equiv</parameter> option be only used if you really 
                know what you are doing, or perhaps on a home network where you trust 
                your spouse and kids. And only if you <emphasis>really</emphasis> trust 
                them :-).</para>
                
                <para>Default: <emphasis>no host equivalences</emphasis></para>
                <para>Example: <command>hosts equiv = /etc/hosts.equiv</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="INCLUDE">include (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This allows you to include one config file 
                inside another.  The file is included literally, as though typed 
                in place.</para>

                <para>It takes the standard substitutions, except <parameter>%u
                </parameter>, <parameter>%P</parameter> and <parameter>%S</parameter>.
                </para>
                
                <para>Default: <emphasis>no file included</emphasis></para>
                <para>Example: <command>include = /usr/local/samba/lib/admin_smb.conf
                </command></para></listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="INHERITACLS">inherit acls (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>This parameter can be used to ensure
                that if default acls exist on parent directories,
                they are always honored when creating a subdirectory.
                The default behavior is to use the mode specified
                when creating the directory.  Enabling this option
                sets the mode to 0777, thus guaranteeing that 
                default directory acls are propagated.
                </para>

                <para>Default: <command>inherit acls = no</command>
                </para></listitem>
                </varlistentry>
                



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="INHERITPERMISSIONS">inherit permissions (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>The permissions on new files and directories 
                are normally governed by <link linkend="CREATEMASK"><parameter>
                create mask</parameter></link>, <link linkend="DIRECTORYMASK">
                <parameter>directory mask</parameter></link>, <link 
                linkend="FORCECREATEMODE"><parameter>force create mode</parameter>
                </link> and <link linkend="FORCEDIRECTORYMODE"><parameter>force 
                directory mode</parameter></link> but the boolean inherit 
                permissions parameter overrides this.</para>
                
                <para>New directories inherit the mode of the parent directory,
                including bits such as setgid.</para>

                <para>New files inherit their read/write bits from the parent 
                directory.  Their execute bits continue to be determined by
                <link linkend="MAPARCHIVE"><parameter>map archive</parameter>
                </link>, <link linkend="MAPHIDDEN"><parameter>map hidden</parameter>
                </link> and <link linkend="MAPSYSTEM"><parameter>map system</parameter>
                </link> as usual.</para>

                <para>Note that the setuid bit is <emphasis>never</emphasis> set via 
                inheritance (the code explicitly prohibits this).</para>

                <para>This can be particularly useful on large systems with 
                many users, perhaps several thousand, to allow a single [homes] 
                share to be used flexibly by each user.</para>
                
                <para>See also <link linkend="CREATEMASK"><parameter>create mask
                </parameter></link>, <link linkend="DIRECTORYMASK"><parameter>
                directory mask</parameter></link>, <link linkend="FORCECREATEMODE">
                <parameter>force create mode</parameter></link> and <link
                linkend="FORCEDIRECTORYMODE"><parameter>force directory mode</parameter>
                </link>.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>inherit permissions = no</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>
                
                
                
                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="INTERFACES">interfaces (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This option allows you to override the default 
                network interfaces list that Samba will use for browsing, name 
                registration and other NBT traffic. By default Samba will query 
                the kernel for the list of all active interfaces and use any 
                interfaces except 127.0.0.1 that are broadcast capable.</para>

                <para>The option takes a list of interface strings. Each string 
                can be in any of the following forms:</para>

                <itemizedlist>
                        <listitem><para>a network interface name (such as eth0). 
                        This may include shell-like wildcards so eth* will match 
                        any interface starting with the substring "eth"</para></listitem>
                        
                        <listitem><para>an IP address. In this case the netmask is 
                        determined from the list of interfaces obtained from the 
                        kernel</para></listitem>
                        
                        <listitem><para>an IP/mask pair. </para></listitem>
                        
                        <listitem><para>a broadcast/mask pair.</para></listitem>
                </itemizedlist>

                <para>The "mask" parameters can either be a bit length (such 
                as 24 for a C class network) or a full netmask in dotted 
                decimal form.</para>

                <para>The "IP" parameters above can either be a full dotted 
                decimal IP address or a hostname which will be looked up via 
                the OS's normal hostname resolution mechanisms.</para>

                <para>For example, the following line:</para>
                
                <para><command>interfaces = eth0 192.168.2.10/24 192.168.3.10/255.255.255.0
                </command></para>

                <para>would configure three network interfaces corresponding 
                to the eth0 device and IP addresses 192.168.2.10 and 192.168.3.10. 
                The netmasks of the latter two interfaces would be set to 255.255.255.0.</para>

                <para>See also <link linkend="BINDINTERFACESONLY"><parameter>bind 
                interfaces only</parameter></link>.</para>
                
                <para>Default: <emphasis>all active interfaces except 127.0.0.1 
                that are broadcast capable</emphasis></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>
                
                
                
                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="INVALIDUSERS">invalid users (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>This is a list of users that should not be allowed 
                to login to this service. This is really a <emphasis>paranoid</emphasis> 
                check to absolutely ensure an improper setting does not breach 
                your security.</para>
                
                <para>A name starting with a '@' is interpreted as an NIS 
                netgroup first (if your system supports NIS), and then as a UNIX 
                group if the name was not found in the NIS netgroup database.</para>

                <para>A name starting with '+' is interpreted only 
                by looking in the UNIX group database. A name starting with 
                '&' is interpreted only by looking in the NIS netgroup database 
                (this requires NIS to be working on your system). The characters 
                '+' and '&' may be used at the start of the name in either order 
                so the value <parameter>+&amp;group</parameter> means check the 
                UNIX group database, followed by the NIS netgroup database, and 
                the value <parameter>&+group</parameter> means check the NIS
                netgroup database, followed by the UNIX group database (the 
                same as the '@' prefix).</para>

                <para>The current servicename is substituted for <parameter>%S</parameter>. 
                This is useful in the [homes] section.</para>

                <para>See also <link linkend="VALIDUSERS"><parameter>valid users
                </parameter></link>.</para>

                <para>Default: <emphasis>no invalid users</emphasis></para>
                <para>Example: <command>invalid users = root fred admin @wheel
                </command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>
                
                
                
                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="KEEPALIVE">keepalive (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>The value of the parameter (an integer) represents 
                the number of seconds between <parameter>keepalive</parameter> 
                packets. If this parameter is zero, no keepalive packets will be 
                sent. Keepalive packets, if sent, allow the server to tell whether 
                a client is still present and responding.</para>

                <para>Keepalives should, in general, not be needed if the socket 
                being used has the SO_KEEPALIVE attribute set on it (see <link 
                linkend="SOCKETOPTIONS"><parameter>socket options</parameter></link>). 
                Basically you should only use this option if you strike difficulties.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>keepalive = 300</command></para>
                <para>Example: <command>keepalive = 600</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>

        
        
                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="KERNELOPLOCKS">kernel oplocks (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>For UNIXes that support kernel based <link
                linkend="OPLOCKS"><parameter>oplocks</parameter></link>
                (currently only IRIX and the Linux 2.4 kernel), this parameter 
                allows the use of them to be turned on or off.</para>

                <para>Kernel oplocks support allows Samba <parameter>oplocks
                </parameter> to be broken whenever a local UNIX process or NFS operation 
                accesses a file that <ulink url="smbd.8.html"><command>smbd(8)</command>
                </ulink> has oplocked. This allows complete data consistency between 
                SMB/CIFS, NFS and local file access (and is a <emphasis>very</emphasis> 
                cool feature :-).</para>

                <para>This parameter defaults to <constant>on</constant>, but is translated
                to a no-op on systems that no not have the necessary kernel support.
                You should never need to touch this parameter.</para>

                <para>See also the <link linkend="OPLOCKS"><parameter>oplocks</parameter>
                </link> and <link linkend="LEVEL2OPLOCKS"><parameter>level2 oplocks
                </parameter></link> parameters.</para>
                
                <para>Default: <command>kernel oplocks = yes</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>




                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="LANMANAUTH">lanman auth (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This parameter determines whether or not <ulink url="smbd.8.html">smbd</ulink> will
                attempt to authenticate users using the LANMAN password hash.
                If disabled, only clients which support NT password hashes (e.g. Windows 
                NT/2000 clients, smbclient, etc... but not Windows 95/98 or the MS DOS 
                network client) will be able to connect to the Samba host.</para>
                
                <para>Default : <command>lanman auth = yes</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>





                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="LARGEREADWRITE">large readwrite (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This parameter determines whether or not <ulink url="smbd.8.html">smbd</ulink>
                supports the new 64k streaming read and write varient SMB requests introduced
                with Windows 2000. Note that due to Windows 2000 client redirector bugs
                this requires Samba to be running on a 64-bit capable operating system such
                as IRIX, Solaris or a Linux 2.4 kernel. Can improve performance by 10% with
                Windows 2000 clients. Defaults to on. Not as tested as some other Samba
                code paths.
                </para>
                
                <para>Default : <command>large readwrite = yes</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="LDAPADMINDN">ldap admin dn (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>The <parameter>ldap admin dn</parameter> defines the Distinguished 
                Name (DN) name used by Samba to contact the ldap server when retreiving 
                user account information. The <parameter>ldap
                admin dn</parameter> is used in conjunction with the admin dn password
                stored in the <filename>private/secrets.tdb</filename> file.  See the
                <ulink url="smbpasswd.8.html"><command>smbpasswd(8)</command></ulink> man
                page for more information on how to accomplish this.
                </para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>
        
                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="LDAPDELETEDN"/>ldap delete dn (G)</term>
                <listitem><para> This parameter specifies whether a delete
                operation in the ldapsam deletes the complete entry or only the attributes
                specific to Samba.
                </para>
        
                <para>Default : <emphasis>ldap delete dn = no</emphasis></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>


                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="LDAPDELONLYSAMATTR"/>ldap del only sam attr (G)</term>
                <listitem><para> Inverted synonym for <link linkend="LDAPDELETEDN"><parameter>
                ldap delete dn</parameter></link>.
                </para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="LDAPFILTER">ldap filter (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This parameter specifies the RFC 2254 compliant LDAP search filter.
                The default is to match the login name with the <constant>uid</constant> 
                attribute for all entries matching the <constant>sambaAccount</constant>                
                objectclass.  Note that this filter should only return one entry.
                </para>
        
                
                <para>Default : <command>ldap filter = (&amp;(uid=%u)(objectclass=sambaAccount))</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>


                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="LDAPPORT">ldap port (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This parameter is only available if Samba has been
                configure to include the <command>--with-ldapsam</command> option
                at compile time.
                </para>

                <para>
                This option is used to control the tcp port number used to contact
                the <link linkend="LDAPSERVER"><parameter>ldap server</parameter></link>.
                The default is to use the stand LDAPS port 636.
                </para>

                <para>See Also: <link linkend="LDAPSSL">ldap ssl</link>
                </para>

                <para>Default : <command>ldap port = 636 ; if ldap ssl = on</command></para>
                <para>Default : <command>ldap port = 389 ; if ldap ssl = off</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>


                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="LDAPSERVER">ldap server (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This parameter is only available if Samba has been
                configure to include the <command>--with-ldapsam</command> option
                at compile time.
                </para>

                <para>
                This parameter should contain the FQDN of the ldap directory
                server which should be queried to locate user account information.
                </para>

                <para>Default : <command>ldap server = localhost</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>


                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="LDAPSSL">ldap ssl (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This option is used to define whether or not Samba should
                use SSL when connecting to the ldap server
                This is <emphasis>NOT</emphasis> related to
                Samba's previous SSL support which was enabled by specifying the 
                <command>--with-ssl</command> option to the <filename>configure</filename> 
                script.
                </para>
                
                <para>
                The <parameter>ldap ssl</parameter> can be set to one of three values:
                </para> 
                <itemizedlist>
                        <listitem><para><parameter>Off</parameter> = Never use SSL when querying the directory.</para></listitem>

                        <listitem><para><parameter>Start_tls</parameter> = Use the LDAPv3 StartTLS extended operation 
                        (RFC2830) for communicating with the directory server.</para></listitem>
            
                        <listitem><para><parameter>On</parameter>  =
                        Use SSL on the ldaps port when contacting the 
                        <parameter>ldap server</parameter>.  Only
                        available when the backwards-compatiblity <command>
                        --with-ldapsam</command> option is specified
                        to configure.  See <link linkend="PASSDBBACKEND"><parameter>passdb backend</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                </itemizedlist>         
                
                <para>Default : <command>ldap ssl = start_tls</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>




                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="LDAPSUFFIX">ldap suffix (G)</term>
                <listitem>
                <para>Specifies where user and machine accounts are added to the tree. Can be overriden by <command>ldap user suffix</command> and <command>ldap machine suffix</command>. It also used as the base dn for all ldap searches. </para>
                
                <para>Default : <emphasis>none</emphasis></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="LDAPUSERSUFFIX">ldap user suffix (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>It specifies where users are added to the tree.
                </para>
                
        
                
                <para>Default : <emphasis>none</emphasis></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="LDAPMACHINESUFFIX">ldap machine suffix (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>It specifies where machines should be 
                added to the ldap tree.
                </para>
                
        
                
                <para>Default : <emphasis>none</emphasis></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>

                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="LDAPPASSWDSYNC">ldap passwd sync (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This option is used to define whether
                or not Samba should sync the LDAP password with the NT
                and LM hashes for normal accounts (NOT for
                workstation, server or domain trusts) on a password
                change via SAMBA.  
                </para>

                <para>
                The <parameter>ldap passwd sync</parameter> can be set to one of three values:
                </para>
                <itemizedlist>
                        <listitem><para><parameter>Yes</parameter>  =  Try to update the LDAP, NT and LM passwords and update the pwdLastSet time.</para></listitem>
                        
                        <listitem><para><parameter>No</parameter> = Update NT and LM passwords and update the pwdLastSet time.</para></listitem>

                        <listitem><para><parameter>Only</parameter> = Only update the LDAP password and let the LDAP server do the rest.</para></listitem>
                </itemizedlist>         
                
                <para>Default : <command>ldap passwd sync = no</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>

                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="LDAPTRUSTIDS">ldap trust ids (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>Normally, Samba validates each entry
                in the LDAP server against getpwnam().  This allows
                LDAP to be used for Samba with the unix system using
                NIS (for example) and also ensures that Samba does not
                present accounts that do not otherwise exist.  </para>
                <para>This option is used to disable this functionality, and
                instead to rely on the presence of the appropriate
                attributes in LDAP directly, which can result in a
                significant performance boost in some situations.  
                Setting this option to yes effectivly assumes
                that the local machine is running <command>nss_ldap</command> against the
                same LDAP server.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>ldap trust ids = No</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>

                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="LEVEL2OPLOCKS">level2 oplocks (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>This parameter controls whether Samba supports
                level2 (read-only) oplocks on a share.</para>
                
                <para>Level2, or read-only oplocks allow Windows NT clients 
                that have an oplock on a file to downgrade from a read-write oplock 
                to a read-only oplock once a second client opens the file (instead 
                of releasing all oplocks on a second open, as in traditional, 
                exclusive oplocks). This allows all openers of the file that 
                support level2 oplocks to cache the file for read-ahead only (ie. 
                they may not cache writes or lock requests) and increases performance 
                for many accesses of files that are not commonly written (such as 
                application .EXE files).</para>

                <para>Once one of the clients which have a read-only oplock 
                writes to the file all clients are notified (no reply is needed 
                or waited for) and told to break their oplocks to "none" and 
                delete any read-ahead caches.</para>

                <para>It is recommended that this parameter be turned on 
                to speed access to shared executables.</para>

                <para>For more discussions on level2 oplocks see the CIFS spec.</para>

                <para>Currently, if <link linkend="KERNELOPLOCKS"><parameter>kernel 
                oplocks</parameter></link> are supported then level2 oplocks are 
                not granted (even if this parameter is set to <constant>yes</constant>). 
                Note also, the <link linkend="OPLOCKS"><parameter>oplocks</parameter>
                </link> parameter must be set to <constant>yes</constant> on this share in order for 
                this parameter to have any effect.</para>

                <para>See also the <link linkend="OPLOCKS"><parameter>oplocks</parameter>
                </link> and <link linkend="OPLOCKS"><parameter>kernel oplocks</parameter>
                </link> parameters.</para>
                
                <para>Default: <command>level2 oplocks = yes</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>





                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="LMANNOUNCE">lm announce (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This parameter determines if <ulink url="nmbd.8.html">
                <command>nmbd(8)</command></ulink> will produce Lanman announce 
                broadcasts that are needed by OS/2 clients in order for them to see 
                the Samba server in their browse list. This parameter can have three 
                values, <constant>yes</constant>, <constant>no</constant>, or
                <constant>auto</constant>. The default is <constant>auto</constant>.  
                If set to <constant>no</constant> Samba will never produce these 
                broadcasts. If set to <constant>yes</constant> Samba will produce 
                Lanman announce broadcasts at a frequency set by the parameter 
                <parameter>lm interval</parameter>. If set to <constant>auto</constant> 
                Samba will not send Lanman announce broadcasts by default but will 
                listen for them. If it hears such a broadcast on the wire it will 
                then start sending them at a frequency set by the parameter 
                <parameter>lm interval</parameter>.</para>

                <para>See also <link linkend="LMINTERVAL"><parameter>lm interval
                </parameter></link>.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>lm announce = auto</command></para>
                <para>Example: <command>lm announce = yes</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="LMINTERVAL">lm interval (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>If Samba is set to produce Lanman announce 
                broadcasts needed by OS/2 clients (see the <link linkend="LMANNOUNCE">
                <parameter>lm announce</parameter></link> parameter) then this 
                parameter defines the frequency in seconds with which they will be 
                made.  If this is set to zero then no Lanman announcements will be 
                made despite the setting of the <parameter>lm announce</parameter> 
                parameter.</para>

                <para>See also <link linkend="LMANNOUNCE"><parameter>lm 
                announce</parameter></link>.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>lm interval = 60</command></para>
                <para>Example: <command>lm interval = 120</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="LOADPRINTERS">load printers (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>A boolean variable that controls whether all 
                printers in the printcap will be loaded for browsing by default. 
                See the <link linkend="PRINTERSSECT">printers</link> section for 
                more details.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>load printers = yes</command></para></listitem>
                </varlistentry>




                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="LOCALMASTER">local master (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This option allows <ulink url="nmbd.8.html"><command>
                nmbd(8)</command></ulink> to try and become a local master browser 
                on a subnet. If set to <constant>no</constant> then <command>
                nmbd</command> will not attempt to become a local master browser 
                on a subnet and will also lose in all browsing elections. By
                default this value is set to <constant>yes</constant>. Setting this value to <constant>yes</constant> doesn't
                mean that Samba will <emphasis>become</emphasis> the local master 
                browser on a subnet, just that <command>nmbd</command> will <emphasis>
                participate</emphasis> in elections for local master browser.</para>

                <para>Setting this value to <constant>no</constant> will cause <command>nmbd</command>
                <emphasis>never</emphasis> to become a local master browser.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>local master = yes</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="LOCKDIR">lock dir (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>Synonym for <link linkend="LOCKDIRECTORY"><parameter>
                lock directory</parameter></link>.</para></listitem>
                </varlistentry>
                
                
                
                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="LOCKDIRECTORY">lock directory (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This option specifies the directory where lock 
                files will be placed.  The lock files are used to implement the 
                <link linkend="MAXCONNECTIONS"><parameter>max connections</parameter>
                </link> option.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>lock directory = ${prefix}/var/locks</command></para>
                <para>Example: <command>lock directory = /var/run/samba/locks</command>
                </para></listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="LOCKSPINCOUNT">lock spin count (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This parameter controls the number of times
                that smbd should attempt to gain a byte range lock on the 
                behalf of a client request.  Experiments have shown that
                Windows 2k servers do not reply with a failure if the lock
                could not be immediately granted, but try a few more times
                in case the lock could later be aquired.  This behavior
                is used to support PC database formats such as MS Access
                and FoxPro.
                </para>

                <para>Default: <command>lock spin count = 2</command>
                </para></listitem>
                </varlistentry>




                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="LOCKSPINTIME">lock spin time (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>The time in microseconds that smbd should 
                pause before attempting to gain a failed lock.  See
                <link linkend="LOCKSPINCOUNT"><parameter>lock spin 
                count</parameter></link> for more details.
                </para>

                <para>Default: <command>lock spin time = 10</command>
                </para></listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="LOCKING">locking (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>This controls whether or not locking will be 
                performed by the server in response to lock requests from the 
                client.</para>

                <para>If <command>locking = no</command>, all lock and unlock 
                requests will appear to succeed and all lock queries will report 
                that the file in question is available for locking.</para>

                <para>If <command>locking = yes</command>, real locking will be performed 
                by the server.</para>

                <para>This option <emphasis>may</emphasis> be useful for read-only 
                filesystems which <emphasis>may</emphasis> not need locking (such as 
                CDROM drives), although setting this parameter of <constant>no</constant> 
                is not really recommended even in this case.</para>

                <para>Be careful about disabling locking either globally or in a 
                specific service, as lack of locking may result in data corruption. 
                You should never need to set this parameter.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>locking = yes</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="LOGFILE">log file (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This option allows you to override the name 
                of the Samba log file (also known as the debug file).</para>

                <para>This option takes the standard substitutions, allowing 
                you to have separate log files for each user or machine.</para>

                <para>Example: <command>log file = /usr/local/samba/var/log.%m
                </command></para></listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="LOGLEVEL">log level (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>The value of the parameter (a astring) allows 
                the debug level (logging level) to be specified in the 
                <filename>smb.conf</filename> file. This parameter has been
                extended since the 2.2.x series, now it allow to specify the debug
                level for multiple debug classes. This is to give greater 
                flexibility in the configuration of the system.</para>

                <para>The default will be the log level specified on 
                the command line or level zero if none was specified.</para>

                <para>Example: <command>log level = 3 passdb:5 auth:10 winbind:2
                </command></para></listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="LOGONDRIVE">logon drive (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This parameter specifies the local path to 
                which the home directory will be connected (see <link 
                linkend="LOGONHOME"><parameter>logon home</parameter></link>) 
                and is only used by NT Workstations. </para>

                <para>Note that this option is only useful if Samba is set up as a
                logon server.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>logon drive = z:</command></para>
                <para>Example: <command>logon drive = h:</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>

        
        
                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="LOGONHOME">logon home (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This parameter specifies the home directory 
                location when a Win95/98 or NT Workstation logs into a Samba PDC.  
                It allows you to do </para>
                
                <para><prompt>C:\> </prompt><userinput>NET USE H: /HOME</userinput>
                </para>

                <para>from a command prompt, for example.</para>

                <para>This option takes the standard substitutions, allowing 
                you to have separate logon scripts for each user or machine.</para>

                <para>This parameter can be used with Win9X workstations to ensure 
                that roaming profiles are stored in a subdirectory of the user's 
                home directory.  This is done in the following way:</para>

                <para><command>logon home = \\%N\%U\profile</command></para>

                <para>This tells Samba to return the above string, with 
                substitutions made when a client requests the info, generally 
                in a NetUserGetInfo request.  Win9X clients truncate the info to
                \\server\share when a user does <command>net use /home</command>
                but use the whole string when dealing with profiles.</para>

                <para>Note that in prior versions of Samba, the <link linkend="LOGONPATH">
                <parameter>logon path</parameter></link> was returned rather than 
                <parameter>logon home</parameter>.  This broke <command>net use 
                /home</command> but allowed profiles outside the home directory.  
                The current implementation is correct, and can be used for 
                profiles if you use the above trick.</para>
                
                <para>This option is only useful if Samba is set up as a logon 
                server.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>logon home = "\\%N\%U"</command></para>
                <para>Example: <command>logon home = "\\remote_smb_server\%U"</command>
                </para></listitem>
                </varlistentry>


                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="LOGONPATH">logon path (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This parameter specifies the home directory 
                where roaming profiles (NTuser.dat etc files for Windows NT) are 
                stored.  Contrary to previous versions of these manual pages, it has 
                nothing to do with Win 9X roaming profiles.  To find out how to 
                handle roaming profiles for Win 9X system, see the <link linkend="LOGONHOME">
                <parameter>logon home</parameter></link> parameter.</para>

                <para>This option takes the standard substitutions, allowing you 
                to have separate logon scripts for each user or machine.  It also 
                specifies the directory from which the "Application Data", 
                (<filename>desktop</filename>, <filename>start menu</filename>,
                <filename>network neighborhood</filename>, <filename>programs</filename> 
                and other folders, and their contents, are loaded and displayed on 
                your Windows NT client.</para>
                
                <para>The share and the path must be readable by the user for 
                the preferences and directories to be loaded onto the Windows NT
                client.  The share must be writeable when the user logs in for the first
                time, in order that the Windows NT client can create the NTuser.dat
                and other directories.</para>

                <para>Thereafter, the directories and any of the contents can, 
                if required, be made read-only.  It is not advisable that the 
                NTuser.dat file be made read-only - rename it to NTuser.man to 
                achieve the desired effect (a <emphasis>MAN</emphasis>datory 
                profile). </para>

                <para>Windows clients can sometimes maintain a connection to 
                the [homes] share, even though there is no user logged in.  
                Therefore, it is vital that the logon path does not include a 
                reference to the homes share (i.e. setting this parameter to
                \%N\%U\profile_path will cause problems).</para>

                <para>This option takes the standard substitutions, allowing 
                you to have separate logon scripts for each user or machine.</para>

                <para>Note that this option is only useful if Samba is set up 
                as a logon server.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>logon path = \\%N\%U\profile</command></para>
                <para>Example: <command>logon path = \\PROFILESERVER\PROFILE\%U</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>
                
                
                
                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="LOGONSCRIPT">logon script (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This parameter specifies the batch file (.bat) or 
                NT command file (.cmd) to be downloaded and run on a machine when 
                a user successfully logs in.  The file must contain the DOS 
                style CR/LF line endings. Using a DOS-style editor to create the 
                file is recommended.</para>
                
                <para>The script must be a relative path to the [netlogon] 
                service.  If the [netlogon] service specifies a <link linkend="PATH">
                <parameter>path</parameter></link> of <filename>/usr/local/samba/netlogon
                </filename>, and <command>logon script = STARTUP.BAT</command>, then 
                the file that will be downloaded is:</para>

                <para><filename>/usr/local/samba/netlogon/STARTUP.BAT</filename></para>

                <para>The contents of the batch file are entirely your choice.  A 
                suggested command would be to add <command>NET TIME \\SERVER /SET 
                /YES</command>, to force every machine to synchronize clocks with 
                the same time server.  Another use would be to add <command>NET USE 
                U: \\SERVER\UTILS</command> for commonly used utilities, or <command>
                NET USE Q: \\SERVER\ISO9001_QA</command> for example.</para>

                <para>Note that it is particularly important not to allow write 
                access to the [netlogon] share, or to grant users write permission 
                on the batch files in a secure environment, as this would allow 
                the batch files to be arbitrarily modified and security to be 
                breached.</para>

                <para>This option takes the standard substitutions, allowing you 
                to have separate logon scripts for each user or machine.</para>

                <para>This option is only useful if Samba is set up as a logon 
                server.</para>

                <para>Default: <emphasis>no logon script defined</emphasis></para>
                <para>Example: <command>logon script = scripts\%U.bat</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="LPPAUSECOMMAND">lppause command (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>This parameter specifies the command to be 
                executed on the server host in order to stop printing or spooling 
                a specific print job.</para>

                <para>This command should be a program or script which takes 
                a printer name and job number to pause the print job. One way 
                of implementing this is by using job priorities, where jobs 
                having a too low priority won't be sent to the printer.</para>

                <para>If a <parameter>%p</parameter> is given then the printer name 
                is put in its place. A <parameter>%j</parameter> is replaced with 
                the job number (an integer).  On HPUX (see <parameter>printing=hpux
                </parameter>), if the <parameter>-p%p</parameter> option is added 
                to the lpq command, the job will show up with the correct status, i.e. 
                if the job priority is lower than the set fence priority it will 
                have the PAUSED status, whereas if  the priority is equal or higher it 
                will have the SPOOLED or PRINTING status.</para>

                <para>Note that it is good practice to include the absolute path 
                in the lppause command as the PATH may not be available to the server.</para>

                <para>See also the <link linkend="PRINTING"><parameter>printing
                </parameter></link> parameter.</para>

                <para>Default: Currently no default value is given to 
                this string, unless the value of the <parameter>printing</parameter> 
                parameter is <constant>SYSV</constant>, in which case the default is :</para>

                <para><command>lp -i %p-%j -H hold</command></para>

                <para>or if the value of the <parameter>printing</parameter> parameter 
                is <constant>SOFTQ</constant>, then the default is:</para>

                <para><command>qstat -s -j%j -h</command></para>
 
                <para>Example for HPUX: <command>lppause command = /usr/bin/lpalt       
                %p-%j -p0</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="LPQCACHETIME">lpq cache time (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This controls how long lpq info will be cached 
                for to prevent the <command>lpq</command> command being called too 
                often. A separate cache is kept for each variation of the <command>
                lpq</command> command used by the system, so if you use different 
                <command>lpq</command> commands for different users then they won't
                share cache information.</para>

                <para>The cache files are stored in <filename>/tmp/lpq.xxxx</filename> 
                where xxxx is a hash of the <command>lpq</command> command in use.</para>

                <para>The default is 10 seconds, meaning that the cached results 
                of a previous identical <command>lpq</command> command will be used 
                if the cached data is less than 10 seconds old. A large value may 
                be advisable if your <command>lpq</command> command is very slow.</para>

                <para>A value of 0 will disable caching completely.</para>

                <para>See also the <link linkend="PRINTING"><parameter>printing
                </parameter></link> parameter.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>lpq cache time = 10</command></para>
                <para>Example: <command>lpq cache time = 30</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="LPQCOMMAND">lpq command (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>This parameter specifies the command to be 
                executed on the server host in order to obtain <command>lpq
                </command>-style printer status information.</para>

                <para>This command should be a program or script which 
                takes a printer name as its only parameter and outputs printer 
                status information.</para>

                <para>Currently nine styles of printer status information 
                are supported; BSD, AIX, LPRNG, PLP, SYSV, HPUX, QNX, CUPS, and SOFTQ. 
                This covers most UNIX systems. You control which type is expected 
                using the <parameter>printing =</parameter> option.</para>

                <para>Some clients (notably Windows for Workgroups) may not 
                correctly send the connection number for the printer they are 
                requesting status information about. To get around this, the 
                server reports on the first printer service connected to by the 
                client. This only happens if the connection number sent is invalid.</para>

                <para>If a <parameter>%p</parameter> is given then the printer name 
                is put in its place. Otherwise it is placed at the end of the 
                command.</para>

                <para>Note that it is good practice to include the absolute path 
                in the <parameter>lpq command</parameter> as the <envar>$PATH
                </envar> may not be available to the server.  When compiled with
                the CUPS libraries, no <parameter>lpq command</parameter> is
                needed because smbd will make a library call to obtain the 
                print queue listing.</para>

                <para>See also the <link linkend="PRINTING"><parameter>printing
                </parameter></link> parameter.</para>

                <para>Default: <emphasis>depends on the setting of <parameter>
                printing</parameter></emphasis></para>

                <para>Example: <command>lpq command = /usr/bin/lpq -P%p</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>
                
                
                
                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="LPRESUMECOMMAND">lpresume command (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>This parameter specifies the command to be 
                executed on the server host in order to restart or continue 
                printing or spooling a specific print job.</para>

                <para>This command should be a program or script which takes 
                a printer name and job number to resume the print job. See 
                also the <link linkend="LPPAUSECOMMAND"><parameter>lppause command
                </parameter></link> parameter.</para>

                <para>If a <parameter>%p</parameter> is given then the printer name 
                is put in its place. A <parameter>%j</parameter> is replaced with 
                the job number (an integer).</para>
                
                <para>Note that it is good practice to include the absolute path 
                in the <parameter>lpresume command</parameter> as the PATH may not 
                be available to the server.</para>
                
                <para>See also the <link linkend="PRINTING"><parameter>printing
                </parameter></link> parameter.</para>

                <para>Default: Currently no default value is given 
                to this string, unless the value of the <parameter>printing</parameter> 
                parameter is <constant>SYSV</constant>, in which case the default is :</para>

                <para><command>lp -i %p-%j -H resume</command></para>

                <para>or if the value of the <parameter>printing</parameter> parameter 
                is <constant>SOFTQ</constant>, then the default is:</para>

                <para><command>qstat -s -j%j -r</command></para>
 
                <para>Example for HPUX: <command>lpresume command = /usr/bin/lpalt 
                %p-%j -p2</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>
                
                

                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="LPRMCOMMAND">lprm command (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>This parameter specifies the command to be 
                executed on the server host in order to delete a print job.</para>

                <para>This command should be a program or script which takes 
                a printer name and job number, and deletes the print job.</para>

                <para>If a <parameter>%p</parameter> is given then the printer name 
                is put in its place. A <parameter>%j</parameter> is replaced with 
                the job number (an integer).</para>

                <para>Note that it is good practice to include the absolute 
                path in the <parameter>lprm command</parameter> as the PATH may not be 
                available to the server.</para>

                <para>See also the <link linkend="PRINTING"><parameter>printing
                </parameter></link> parameter.</para>

                <para>Default: <emphasis>depends on the setting of <parameter>printing
                </parameter></emphasis></para>

                <para>Example 1: <command>lprm command = /usr/bin/lprm -P%p %j
                </command></para>
                <para>Example 2: <command>lprm command = /usr/bin/cancel %p-%j
                </command></para></listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="MACHINEPASSWORDTIMEOUT">machine password timeout (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>If a Samba server is a member of a Windows 
                NT Domain (see the <link linkend="SECURITYEQUALSDOMAIN">security = domain</link>) 
                parameter) then periodically a running <ulink url="smbd.8.html">
                smbd(8)</ulink> process will try and change the MACHINE ACCOUNT 
                PASSWORD stored in the TDB called <filename>private/secrets.tdb
                </filename>.  This parameter specifies how often this password 
                will be changed, in seconds. The default is one week (expressed in 
                seconds), the same as a Windows NT Domain member server.</para>

                <para>See also <ulink url="smbpasswd.8.html"><command>smbpasswd(8)
                </command></ulink>, and the <link linkend="SECURITYEQUALSDOMAIN">
                security = domain</link>) parameter.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>machine password timeout = 604800</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>


                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="MAGICOUTPUT">magic output (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>This parameter specifies the name of a file 
                which will contain output created by a magic script (see the 
                <link linkend="MAGICSCRIPT"><parameter>magic script</parameter></link>
                parameter below).</para>

                <para>Warning: If two clients use the same <parameter>magic script
                </parameter> in the same directory the output file content
                is undefined.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>magic output = &lt;magic script name&gt;.out
                </command></para>

                <para>Example: <command>magic output = myfile.txt</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="MAGICSCRIPT">magic script (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>This parameter specifies the name of a file which, 
                if opened, will be executed by the server when the file is closed. 
                This allows a UNIX script to be sent to the Samba host and 
                executed on behalf of the connected user.</para>

                <para>Scripts executed in this way will be deleted upon 
                completion assuming that the user has the appropriate level 
                of privilege and the file permissions allow the deletion.</para>

                <para>If the script generates output, output will be sent to 
                the file specified by the <link linkend="MAGICOUTPUT"><parameter>
                magic output</parameter></link> parameter (see above).</para>

                <para>Note that some shells are unable to interpret scripts 
                containing CR/LF instead of CR as 
                the end-of-line marker. Magic scripts must be executable 
                <emphasis>as is</emphasis> on the host, which for some hosts and 
                some shells will require filtering at the DOS end.</para>

                <para>Magic scripts are <emphasis>EXPERIMENTAL</emphasis> and 
                should <emphasis>NOT</emphasis> be relied upon.</para>

                <para>Default: <emphasis>None. Magic scripts disabled.</emphasis></para>
                <para>Example: <command>magic script = user.csh</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>

                

                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="MANGLECASE">mangle case (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>See the section on <link linkend="NAMEMANGLINGSECT">
                NAME MANGLING</link></para>
                
                <para>Default: <command>mangle case = no</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>
                

                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="MANGLEDMAP">mangled map (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>This is for those who want to directly map UNIX 
                file names which cannot be represented on Windows/DOS.  The mangling 
                of names is not always what is needed.  In particular you may have 
                documents with file extensions that differ between DOS and UNIX. 
                For example, under UNIX it is common to use <filename>.html</filename> 
                for HTML files, whereas under Windows/DOS <filename>.htm</filename> 
                is more commonly used.</para>

                <para>So to map <filename>html</filename> to <filename>htm</filename> 
                you would use:</para>
                
                <para><command>mangled map = (*.html *.htm)</command></para>

                <para>One very useful case is to remove the annoying <filename>;1
                </filename> off the ends of filenames on some CDROMs (only visible 
                under some UNIXes). To do this use a map of (*;1 *;).</para>

                <para>Default: <emphasis>no mangled map</emphasis></para>
                <para>Example: <command>mangled map = (*;1 *;)</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>


                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="MANGLEDNAMES">mangled names (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>This controls whether non-DOS names under UNIX 
                should be mapped to DOS-compatible names ("mangled") and made visible, 
                or whether non-DOS names should simply be ignored.</para>

                <para>See the section on <link linkend="NAMEMANGLINGSECT">
                NAME MANGLING</link> for details on how to control the mangling process.</para>

                <para>If mangling is used then the mangling algorithm is as follows:</para>

                <itemizedlist>
                        <listitem><para>The first (up to) five alphanumeric characters 
                        before the rightmost dot of the filename are preserved, forced 
                        to upper case, and appear as the first (up to) five characters 
                        of the mangled name.</para></listitem>
                
                        <listitem><para>A tilde "~" is appended to the first part of the mangled
                        name, followed by a two-character unique sequence, based on the
                        original root name (i.e., the original filename minus its final
                        extension). The final extension is included in the hash calculation
                        only if it contains any upper case characters or is longer than three
                        characters.</para>

                        <para>Note that the character to use may be specified using 
                        the <link linkend="MANGLINGCHAR"><parameter>mangling char</parameter>
                        </link> option, if you don't like '~'.</para></listitem>

                        <listitem><para>The first three alphanumeric characters of the final 
                        extension are preserved, forced to upper case and appear as the 
                        extension of the mangled name. The final extension is defined as that 
                        part of the original filename after the rightmost dot. If there are no 
                        dots in the filename, the mangled name will have no extension (except 
                        in the case of "hidden files" - see below).</para></listitem>

                        <listitem><para>Files whose UNIX name begins with a dot will be 
                        presented as DOS hidden files. The mangled name will be created as 
                        for other filenames, but with the leading dot removed and "___" as 
                        its extension regardless of actual original extension (that's three 
                        underscores).</para></listitem>
                </itemizedlist>

                <para>The two-digit hash value consists of upper case 
                alphanumeric characters.</para>

                <para>This algorithm can cause name collisions only if files 
                in a directory share the same first five alphanumeric characters. 
                The probability of such a clash is 1/1300.</para>

                <para>The name mangling (if enabled) allows a file to be 
                copied between UNIX directories from Windows/DOS while retaining 
                the long UNIX filename. UNIX files can be renamed to a new extension 
                from Windows/DOS and will retain the same basename. Mangled names 
                do not change between sessions.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>mangled names = yes</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>

                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="MANGLINGMETHOD">mangling method (G)</term>
                <listitem><para> controls the algorithm used for the generating
                the mangled names. Can take two different values, "hash" and
                "hash2". "hash" is  the default and is the algorithm that has been
                used in Samba for many years. "hash2" is a newer and considered
                a better algorithm (generates less collisions) in the names.
                However, many Win32 applications store the mangled names and so
                changing to the new algorithm must not be done
                lightly as these applications may break unless reinstalled.</para>
                <para>Default: <command>mangling method = hash2</command></para>
                <para>Example: <command>mangling method = hash</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>

                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="MANGLEPREFIX">mangle prefix (G)</term>
                <listitem><para> controls the number of prefix
                characters from the original name used when generating
                the mangled names. A larger value will give a weaker
                hash and therefore more name collisions. The minimum
                value is 1 and the maximum value is 6.</para>
                <para>Default: <command>mangle prefix = 1</command></para>
                <para>Example: <command>mangle prefix = 4</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>

                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="MANGLEDSTACK">mangled stack (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This parameter controls the number of mangled names 
                that should be cached in the Samba server <ulink url="smbd.8.html">
                smbd(8)</ulink>.</para>

                <para>This stack is a list of recently mangled base names 
                (extensions are only maintained if they are longer than 3 characters 
                or contains upper case characters).</para>

                <para>The larger this value, the more likely it is that mangled 
                names can be successfully converted to correct long UNIX names. 
                However, large stack sizes will slow most directory accesses. Smaller 
                stacks save memory in the server (each stack element costs 256 bytes).
                </para>

                <para>It is not possible to absolutely guarantee correct long 
                filenames, so be prepared for some surprises!</para>

                <para>Default: <command>mangled stack = 50</command></para>
                <para>Example: <command>mangled stack = 100</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>




                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="MANGLINGCHAR">mangling char (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>This controls what character is used as 
                the <emphasis>magic</emphasis> character in <link 
                linkend="NAMEMANGLINGSECT">name mangling</link>. The default is a '~'
                but this may interfere with some software. Use this option to set 
                it to whatever you prefer.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>mangling char = ~</command></para>
                <para>Example: <command>mangling char = ^</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>
                
                



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="MAPARCHIVE">map archive (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>This controls whether the DOS archive attribute 
                should be mapped to the UNIX owner execute bit.  The DOS archive bit 
                is set when a file has been modified since its last backup.  One 
                motivation for this option it to keep Samba/your PC from making 
                any file it touches from becoming executable under UNIX.  This can 
                be quite annoying for shared source code, documents, etc...</para>

                <para>Note that this requires the <parameter>create mask</parameter>
                parameter to be set such that owner execute bit is not masked out 
                (i.e. it must include 100). See the parameter <link linkend="CREATEMASK">
                <parameter>create mask</parameter></link> for details.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>map archive = yes</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>
                
                
                
                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="MAPHIDDEN">map hidden (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>This controls whether DOS style hidden files 
                should be mapped to the UNIX world execute bit.</para>

                <para>Note that this requires the <parameter>create mask</parameter> 
                to be set such that the world execute bit is not masked out (i.e. 
                it must include 001). See the parameter <link linkend="CREATEMASK">
                <parameter>create mask</parameter></link> for details.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>map hidden = no</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>


                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="MAPSYSTEM">map system (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>This controls whether DOS style system files 
                should be mapped to the UNIX group execute bit.</para>

                <para>Note that this requires the <parameter>create mask</parameter> 
                to be set such that the group execute bit is not masked out (i.e. 
                it must include 010). See the parameter <link linkend="CREATEMASK">
                <parameter>create mask</parameter></link> for details.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>map system = no</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>


                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="MAPTOGUEST">map to guest (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This parameter is only useful in <link linkend="SECURITY">
                security</link> modes other than <parameter>security = share</parameter> 
                - i.e. <constant>user</constant>, <constant>server</constant>, 
                and <constant>domain</constant>.</para>

                <para>This parameter can take three different values, which tell
                <ulink url="smbd.8.html">smbd(8)</ulink> what to do with user 
                login requests that don't match a valid UNIX user in some way.</para>

                <para>The three settings are :</para>

                <itemizedlist>
                        <listitem><para><constant>Never</constant> - Means user login 
                        requests with an invalid password are rejected. This is the 
                        default.</para></listitem>
                        
                        <listitem><para><constant>Bad User</constant> - Means user
                        logins with an invalid password are rejected, unless the username 
                        does not exist, in which case it is treated as a guest login and 
                        mapped into the <link linkend="GUESTACCOUNT"><parameter>
                        guest account</parameter></link>.</para></listitem>

                        <listitem><para><constant>Bad Password</constant> - Means user logins 
                        with an invalid password are treated as a guest login and mapped 
                        into the <link linkend="GUESTACCOUNT">guest account</link>. Note that 
                        this can cause problems as it means that any user incorrectly typing 
                        their password will be silently logged on as "guest" - and 
                        will not know the reason they cannot access files they think
                        they should - there will have been no message given to them
                        that they got their password wrong. Helpdesk services will
                        <emphasis>hate</emphasis> you if you set the <parameter>map to 
                        guest</parameter> parameter this way :-).</para></listitem>
                </itemizedlist>

                <para>Note that this parameter is needed to set up "Guest" 
                share services when using <parameter>security</parameter> modes other than 
                share. This is because in these modes the name of the resource being
                requested is <emphasis>not</emphasis> sent to the server until after 
                the server has successfully authenticated the client so the server 
                cannot make authentication decisions at the correct time (connection 
                to the share) for "Guest" shares.</para>

                <para>For people familiar with the older Samba releases, this 
                parameter maps to the old compile-time setting of the <constant>
                GUEST_SESSSETUP</constant> value in local.h.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>map to guest = Never</command></para>
                <para>Example: <command>map to guest = Bad User</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="MAXCONNECTIONS">max connections (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>This option allows the number of simultaneous 
                connections to a service to be limited. If <parameter>max connections
                </parameter> is greater than 0 then connections will be refused if 
                this number of connections to the service are already open. A value 
                of zero mean an unlimited number of connections may be made.</para>

                <para>Record lock files are used to implement this feature. The 
                lock files will be stored in the directory specified by the <link
                linkend="LOCKDIRECTORY"><parameter>lock directory</parameter></link> 
                option.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>max connections = 0</command></para>
                <para>Example: <command>max connections = 10</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="MAXDISKSIZE">max disk size (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This option allows you to put an upper limit 
                on the apparent size of disks. If you set this option to 100 
                then all shares will appear to be not larger than 100 MB in 
                size.</para>

                <para>Note that this option does not limit the amount of 
                data you can put on the disk. In the above case you could still 
                store much more than 100 MB on the disk, but if a client ever asks 
                for the amount of free disk space or the total disk size then the 
                result will be bounded by the amount specified in <parameter>max 
                disk size</parameter>.</para>

                <para>This option is primarily useful to work around bugs 
                in some pieces of software that can't handle very large disks, 
                particularly disks over 1GB in size.</para>

                <para>A <parameter>max disk size</parameter> of 0 means no limit.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>max disk size = 0</command></para>
                <para>Example: <command>max disk size = 1000</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>
                
                
                
                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="MAXLOGSIZE">max log size (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This option (an integer in kilobytes) specifies 
                the max size the log file should grow to. Samba periodically checks 
                the size and if it is exceeded it will rename the file, adding 
                a <filename>.old</filename> extension.</para>

                <para>A size of 0 means no limit.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>max log size = 5000</command></para>
                <para>Example: <command>max log size = 1000</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="MAXMUX">max mux (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This option controls the maximum number of 
                outstanding simultaneous SMB operations that Samba tells the client 
                it will allow. You should never need to set this parameter.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>max mux = 50</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="MAXOPENFILES">max open files (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This parameter limits the maximum number of 
                open files that one <ulink url="smbd.8.html">smbd(8)</ulink> file 
                serving process may have open for a client at any one time. The 
                default for this parameter is set very high (10,000) as Samba uses 
                only one bit per unopened file.</para>
                
                <para>The limit of the number of open files is usually set 
                by the UNIX per-process file descriptor limit rather than 
                this parameter so you should never need to touch this parameter.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>max open files = 10000</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="MAXPRINTJOBS">max print jobs (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>This parameter limits the maximum number of 
                jobs allowable in a Samba printer queue at any given moment.
                If this number is exceeded, <ulink url="smbd.8.html"><command>
                smbd(8)</command></ulink> will remote "Out of Space" to the client.
                See all <link linkend="TOTALPRINTJOBS"><parameter>total
                print jobs</parameter></link>.
                </para>

                <para>Default: <command>max print jobs = 1000</command></para>
                <para>Example: <command>max print jobs = 5000</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>


                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="MAXPROTOCOL">max protocol (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>The value of the parameter (a string) is the highest 
                protocol level that will be supported by the server.</para>

                <para>Possible values are :</para>
                <itemizedlist>
                        <listitem><para><constant>CORE</constant>: Earliest version. No 
                        concept of user names.</para></listitem>
                        
                        <listitem><para><constant>COREPLUS</constant>: Slight improvements on 
                        CORE for efficiency.</para></listitem>

                        <listitem><para><constant>LANMAN1</constant>: First <emphasis>
                        modern</emphasis> version of the protocol. Long filename
                        support.</para></listitem>

                        <listitem><para><constant>LANMAN2</constant>: Updates to Lanman1 protocol.
                        </para></listitem>

                        <listitem><para><constant>NT1</constant>: Current up to date version of 
                        the protocol. Used by Windows NT. Known as CIFS.</para></listitem>
                </itemizedlist>

                <para>Normally this option should not be set as the automatic 
                negotiation phase in the SMB protocol takes care of choosing 
                the appropriate protocol.</para>
                
                <para>See also <link linkend="MINPROTOCOL"><parameter>min
                protocol</parameter></link></para>

                <para>Default: <command>max protocol = NT1</command></para>
                <para>Example: <command>max protocol = LANMAN1</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="MAXSMBDPROCESSES">max smbd processes (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This parameter limits the maximum number of 
                <ulink url="smbd.8.html"><command>smbd(8)</command></ulink>
                processes concurrently running on a system and is intended
                as a stopgap to prevent degrading service to clients in the event
                that the server has insufficient resources to handle more than this
                number of connections.  Remember that under normal operating
                conditions, each user will have an <ulink url="smbd.8.html">smbd</ulink> associated with him or her
                to handle connections to all shares from a given host.
                </para>

                <para>Default: <command>max smbd processes = 0</command>   ## no limit</para>
                <para>Example: <command>max smbd processes = 1000</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>




                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="MAXTTL">max ttl (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This option tells <ulink url="nmbd.8.html">nmbd(8)</ulink>
                what the default 'time to live' of NetBIOS names should be (in seconds) 
                when <command>nmbd</command> is requesting a name using either a
                broadcast packet or from a WINS server. You should never need to
                change this parameter. The default is 3 days.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>max ttl = 259200</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="MAXWINSTTL">max wins ttl (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This option tells <ulink url="nmbd.8.html">nmbd(8)
                </ulink> when acting as a WINS server (<link linkend="WINSSUPPORT">
                <parameter>wins support = yes</parameter></link>) what the maximum
                'time to live' of NetBIOS names that <command>nmbd</command> 
                will grant will be (in seconds). You should never need to change this
                parameter.  The default is 6 days (518400 seconds).</para>

                <para>See also the <link linkend="MINWINSTTL"><parameter>min 
                wins ttl</parameter></link> parameter.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>max wins ttl = 518400</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="MAXXMIT">max xmit (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This option controls the maximum packet size 
                that will be negotiated by Samba. The default is 65535, which 
                is the maximum. In some cases you may find you get better performance 
                with a smaller value. A value below 2048 is likely to cause problems.
                </para>

                <para>Default: <command>max xmit = 65535</command></para>
                <para>Example: <command>max xmit = 8192</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="MESSAGECOMMAND">message command (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This specifies what command to run when the 
                server receives a WinPopup style message.</para>

                <para>This would normally be a command that would 
                deliver the message somehow. How this is to be done is 
                up to your imagination.</para>

                <para>An example is:</para>

                <para><command>message command = csh -c 'xedit %s;rm %s' &</command>
                </para>

                <para>This delivers the message using <command>xedit</command>, then 
                removes it afterwards. <emphasis>NOTE THAT IT IS VERY IMPORTANT 
                THAT THIS COMMAND RETURN IMMEDIATELY</emphasis>. That's why I 
                have the '&' on the end. If it doesn't return immediately then 
                your PCs may freeze when sending messages (they should recover 
                after 30 seconds, hopefully).</para>

                <para>All messages are delivered as the global guest user. 
                The command takes the standard substitutions, although <parameter>
                %u</parameter> won't work (<parameter>%U</parameter> may be better 
                in this case).</para>

                <para>Apart from the standard substitutions, some additional 
                ones apply. In particular:</para>

                <itemizedlist>
                        <listitem><para><parameter>%s</parameter> = the filename containing 
                        the message.</para></listitem>
                        
                        <listitem><para><parameter>%t</parameter> = the destination that 
                        the message was sent to (probably the server name).</para></listitem>

                        <listitem><para><parameter>%f</parameter> = who the message 
                        is from.</para></listitem>
                </itemizedlist>

                <para>You could make this command send mail, or whatever else 
                takes your fancy. Please let us know of any really interesting 
                ideas you have.</para>


                <para>Here's a way of sending the messages as mail to root:</para>

                <para><command>message command = /bin/mail -s 'message from %f on 
                %m' root &lt; %s; rm %s</command></para>

                <para>If you don't have a message command then the message 
                won't be delivered and Samba will tell the sender there was 
                an error. Unfortunately WfWg totally ignores the error code 
                and carries on regardless, saying that the message was delivered.
                </para>

                <para>If you want to silently delete it then try:</para>

                <para><command>message command = rm %s</command></para>

                <para>Default: <emphasis>no message command</emphasis></para>
                <para>Example: <command>message command = csh -c 'xedit %s;
                rm %s' &</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>




                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="MINPASSWDLENGTH">min passwd length (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>Synonym for <link linkend="MINPASSWORDLENGTH">
                <parameter>min password length</parameter></link>.</para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="MINPASSWORDLENGTH">min password length (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This option sets the minimum length in characters 
                of a plaintext password that <command>smbd</command> will accept when performing 
                UNIX password changing.</para>

                <para>See also <link linkend="UNIXPASSWORDSYNC"><parameter>unix 
                password sync</parameter></link>, <link linkend="PASSWDPROGRAM">
                <parameter>passwd program</parameter></link> and <link
                linkend="PASSWDCHATDEBUG"><parameter>passwd chat debug</parameter>
                </link>.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>min password length = 5</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="MINPRINTSPACE">min print space (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>This sets the minimum amount of free disk 
                space that must be available before a user will be able to spool 
                a print job. It is specified in kilobytes. The default is 0, which 
                means a user can always spool a print job.</para>

                <para>See also the <link linkend="PRINTING"><parameter>printing
                </parameter></link> parameter.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>min print space = 0</command></para>
                <para>Example: <command>min print space = 2000</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>




                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="MINPROTOCOL">min protocol (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>The value of the parameter (a string) is the 
                lowest SMB protocol dialect than Samba will support.  Please refer
                to the <link linkend="MAXPROTOCOL"><parameter>max protocol</parameter></link>
                parameter for a list of valid protocol names and a brief description
                of each.  You may also wish to refer to the C source code in
                <filename>source/smbd/negprot.c</filename> for a listing of known protocol
                dialects supported by clients.</para>
                
                <para>If you are viewing this parameter as a security measure, you should
                also refer to the <link linkend="LANMANAUTH"><parameter>lanman 
                auth</parameter></link> parameter.  Otherwise, you should never need 
                to change this parameter.</para>
                
                <para>Default : <command>min protocol = CORE</command></para>
                <para>Example : <command>min protocol = NT1</command>  # disable DOS 
                clients</para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>




                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="MINWINSTTL">min wins ttl (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This option tells <ulink url="nmbd.8.html">nmbd(8)</ulink>
                when acting as a WINS server (<link linkend="WINSSUPPORT"><parameter>
                wins support = yes</parameter></link>) what the minimum 'time to live' 
                of NetBIOS names that <command>nmbd</command> will grant will be (in 
                seconds). You should never need to change this parameter.  The default 
                is 6 hours (21600 seconds).</para>

                <para>Default: <command>min wins ttl = 21600</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>


                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="MSDFSPROXY">msdfs proxy (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>This parameter indicates that the share is a
                stand-in for another CIFS share whose location is specified by
                the value of the parameter. When clients attempt to connect to
                this share, they are redirected to the proxied share using
                the SMB-Dfs protocol.</para>
                <para>Only Dfs roots can act as proxy shares. Take a look at the
                <link linkend="MSDFSROOT"><parameter>msdfs root</parameter></link>
                and
                <link linkend="HOSTMSDFS"><parameter>host msdfs</parameter></link>
                options to find out how to set up a Dfs root share.</para>
                <para>Example: <command>msdfs proxy = \otherserver\someshare</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>




                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="MSDFSROOT">msdfs root (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>This boolean parameter is only available if 
                Samba is configured  and  compiled with the <command>
                --with-msdfs</command> option.  If set to <constant>yes</constant>, 
                Samba treats the share as a Dfs root and  allows clients to browse 
                the distributed file system tree rooted at the share directory. 
                Dfs links are specified  in  the share directory by symbolic 
                links of the form <filename>msdfs:serverA\shareA,serverB\shareB</filename>
                and so on.  For more information on setting up a Dfs tree 
                on Samba,  refer to <ulink url="msdfs_setup.html">msdfs_setup.html
                </ulink>.</para>
                
                <para>See also <link linkend="HOSTMSDFS"><parameter>host msdfs
                </parameter></link></para>
                
                <para>Default: <command>msdfs root = no</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>
          
                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="NAMECACHETIMEOUT">name cache timeout (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>Specifies the number of seconds it takes before 
                entries in samba's hostname resolve cache time out. If 
                the timeout is set to 0. the caching is disabled.
                </para>


                <para>Default: <command>name cache timeout = 660</command></para>
                <para>Example: <command>name cache timeout = 0</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>
          
                <varlistentry> 
                <term><anchor id="NAMERESOLVEORDER">name resolve order (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This option is used by the programs in the Samba 
                suite to determine what naming services to use and in what order 
                to resolve host names to IP addresses. The option takes a space 
                separated string of name resolution options.</para>

                <para>The options are :"lmhosts", "host", "wins" and "bcast". They 
                cause names to be resolved as follows :</para>

                <itemizedlist>
                        <listitem><para><constant>lmhosts</constant> : Lookup an IP 
                        address in the Samba lmhosts file. If the line in lmhosts has 
                        no name type attached to the NetBIOS name (see the <ulink 
                        url="lmhosts.5.html">lmhosts(5)</ulink> for details) then
                        any name type matches for lookup.</para></listitem>

                        <listitem><para><constant>host</constant> : Do a standard host 
                        name to IP address resolution, using the system <filename>/etc/hosts
                        </filename>, NIS, or DNS lookups. This method of name resolution 
                        is operating system depended for instance on IRIX or Solaris this 
                        may be controlled by the <filename>/etc/nsswitch.conf</filename> 
                        file.  Note that this method is only used if the NetBIOS name 
                        type being queried is the 0x20 (server) name type, otherwise 
                        it is ignored.</para></listitem>

                        <listitem><para><constant>wins</constant> : Query a name with 
                        the IP address listed in the <link linkend="WINSSERVER"><parameter>
                        wins server</parameter></link> parameter.  If no WINS server has
                        been specified this method will be ignored.</para></listitem>

                        <listitem><para><constant>bcast</constant> : Do a broadcast on 
                        each of the known local interfaces listed in the <link 
                        linkend="INTERFACES"><parameter>interfaces</parameter></link> 
                        parameter. This is the least reliable of the name resolution 
                        methods as it depends on the target host being on a locally 
                        connected subnet.</para></listitem>
                </itemizedlist>

                <para>Default: <command>name resolve order = lmhosts host wins bcast
                </command></para>
                <para>Example: <command>name resolve order = lmhosts bcast host
                </command></para>

                <para>This will cause the local lmhosts file to be examined 
                first, followed by a broadcast attempt, followed by a normal 
                system hostname lookup.</para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>
                


        
                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="NETBIOSALIASES">netbios aliases (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This is a list of NetBIOS names that <ulink 
                url="nmbd.8.html">nmbd(8)</ulink> will advertise as additional 
                names by which the Samba server is known. This allows one machine 
                to appear in browse lists under multiple names. If a machine is 
                acting as a browse server or logon server none 
                of these names will be advertised as either browse server or logon 
                servers, only the primary name of the machine will be advertised 
                with these capabilities.</para>
                
                <para>See also <link linkend="NETBIOSNAME"><parameter>netbios 
                name</parameter></link>.</para>

                <para>Default: <emphasis>empty string (no additional names)</emphasis></para>
                <para>Example: <command>netbios aliases = TEST TEST1 TEST2</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>
                


                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="NETBIOSNAME">netbios name (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This sets the NetBIOS name by which a Samba 
                server is known. By default it is the same as the first component 
                of the host's DNS name. If a machine is a browse server or
                logon server this name (or the first component
                of the hosts DNS name) will be the name that these services are
                advertised under.</para>
                
                <para>See also <link linkend="NETBIOSALIASES"><parameter>netbios 
                aliases</parameter></link>.</para>

                <para>Default: <emphasis>machine DNS name</emphasis></para>
                <para>Example: <command>netbios name = MYNAME</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="NETBIOSSCOPE">netbios scope (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This sets the NetBIOS scope that Samba will 
                operate under. This should not be set unless every machine 
                on your LAN also sets this value.</para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>
                

                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="NISHOMEDIR">nis homedir (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>Get the home share server from a NIS map. For 
                UNIX systems that use an automounter, the user's home directory 
                will often be mounted on a workstation on demand from a remote 
                server. </para>

                <para>When the Samba logon server is not the actual home directory 
                server, but is mounting the home directories via NFS then two 
                network hops would be required to access the users home directory 
                if the logon server told the client to use itself as the SMB server 
                for home directories (one over SMB and one over NFS). This can 
                be very slow.</para>

                <para>This option allows Samba to return the home share as 
                being on a different server to the logon server and as 
                long as a Samba daemon is running on the home directory server, 
                it will be mounted on the Samba client directly from the directory 
                server. When Samba is returning the home share to the client, it 
                will consult the NIS map specified in <link linkend="HOMEDIRMAP">
                <parameter>homedir map</parameter></link> and return the server 
                listed there.</para>

                <para>Note that for this option to work there must be a working 
                NIS system and the Samba server with this option must also 
                be a logon server.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>nis homedir = no</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="NONUNIXACCOUNTRANGE">non unix account range (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>The non unix account range parameter specifies 
                the range of 'user ids' that are allocated by the various 'non unix 
                account' passdb backends.  These backends allow
                the storage of passwords for users who don't exist in /etc/passwd.  
                This is most often used for machine account creation. 
                This range of ids should have no existing local or NIS users within 
                it as strange conflicts can occur otherwise.</para>

                <para>NOTE: These userids never appear on the system and Samba will never
                'become' these users. They are used only to ensure that the algorithmic 
                RID mapping does not conflict with normal users.
                </para>

                <para>Default: <command>non unix account range = &lt;empty string&gt;
                </command></para>
                
                <para>Example: <command>non unix account range = 10000-20000</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="NTACLSUPPORT">nt acl support (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>This boolean parameter controls whether 
                <ulink url="smbd.8.html">smbd(8)</ulink> will attempt to map 
                UNIX permissions into Windows NT access control lists.
                This parameter was formally a global parameter in releases
                prior to 2.2.2.</para>
                
                <para>Default: <command>nt acl support = yes</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="NTPIPESUPPORT">nt pipe support (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This boolean parameter controls whether 
                <ulink url="smbd.8.html">smbd(8)</ulink> will allow Windows NT 
                clients to connect to the NT SMB specific <constant>IPC$</constant> 
                pipes. This is a developer debugging option and can be left
                alone.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>nt pipe support = yes</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="NTSTATUSSUPPORT">nt status support (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This boolean parameter controls whether <ulink
                url="smbd.8.html">smbd(8)</ulink> will negotiate NT specific status
                support with Windows NT/2k/XP clients. This is a developer
                debugging option and should be left alone.
                If this option is set to <constant>no</constant> then Samba offers
                exactly the same DOS error codes that versions prior to Samba 2.2.3
                reported.</para>

                <para>You should not need to ever disable this parameter.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>nt status support = yes</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>


                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="NULLPASSWORDS">null passwords (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>Allow or disallow client access to accounts 
                that have null passwords. </para>

                <para>See also <ulink url="smbpasswd.5.html">smbpasswd (5)</ulink>.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>null passwords = no</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>




                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="OBEYPAMRESTRICTIONS">obey pam restrictions (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>When Samba 2.2 is configured to enable PAM support
                (i.e. --with-pam), this parameter will control whether or not Samba
                should obey PAM's account and session management directives.  The 
                default behavior is to use PAM for clear text authentication only
                and to ignore any account or session management.  Note that Samba
                always ignores PAM for authentication in the case of <link
                linkend="ENCRYPTPASSWORDS"><parameter>encrypt passwords = yes</parameter>
                </link>.  The reason is that PAM modules cannot support the challenge/response
                authentication mechanism needed in the presence of SMB password encryption.
                </para>

                <para>Default: <command>obey pam restrictions = no</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>





                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="ONLYUSER">only user (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>This is a boolean option that controls whether 
                connections with usernames not in the <parameter>user</parameter> 
                list will be allowed. By default this option is disabled so that a 
                client can supply a username to be used by the server.  Enabling
                this parameter will force the server to only use the login 
                names from the <parameter>user</parameter> list and is only really
                useful in <link linkend="SECURITYEQUALSSHARE">share level</link>
                security.</para>

                <para>Note that this also means Samba won't try to deduce 
                usernames from the service name. This can be annoying for 
                the [homes] section. To get around this you could use <command>user =
                %S</command> which means your <parameter>user</parameter> list
                will be just the service name, which for home directories is the 
                name of the user.</para>

                <para>See also the <link linkend="USER"><parameter>user</parameter>
                </link> parameter.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>only user = no</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>




                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="ONLYGUEST">only guest (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>A synonym for <link linkend="GUESTONLY"><parameter>
                guest only</parameter></link>.</para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="OPLOCKBREAKWAITTIME">oplock break wait time (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This is a tuning parameter added due to bugs in 
                both Windows 9x and WinNT. If Samba responds to a client too 
                quickly when that client issues an SMB that can cause an oplock 
                break request, then the network client can fail and not respond 
                to the break request. This tuning parameter (which is set in milliseconds) 
                is the amount of time Samba will wait before sending an oplock break 
                request to such (broken) clients.</para>

                <para><emphasis>DO NOT CHANGE THIS PARAMETER UNLESS YOU HAVE READ 
                AND UNDERSTOOD THE SAMBA OPLOCK CODE</emphasis>.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>oplock break wait time = 0</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>


                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="OPLOCKCONTENTIONLIMIT">oplock contention limit (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>This is a <emphasis>very</emphasis> advanced 
                <ulink url="smbd.8.html">smbd(8)</ulink> tuning option to 
                improve the efficiency of the granting of oplocks under multiple 
                client contention for the same file.</para>
                
                <para>In brief it specifies a number, which causes <ulink url="smbd.8.html">smbd</ulink> not to 
                grant an oplock even when requested if the approximate number of 
                clients contending for an oplock on the same file goes over this 
                limit. This causes <command>smbd</command> to behave in a similar 
                way to Windows NT.</para>

                <para><emphasis>DO NOT CHANGE THIS PARAMETER UNLESS YOU HAVE READ 
                AND UNDERSTOOD THE SAMBA OPLOCK CODE</emphasis>.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>oplock contention limit = 2</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>





                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="OPLOCKS">oplocks (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>This boolean option tells <command>smbd</command> whether to 
                issue oplocks (opportunistic locks) to file open requests on this 
                share. The oplock code can dramatically (approx. 30% or more) improve 
                the speed of access to files on Samba servers. It allows the clients 
                to aggressively cache files locally and you may want to disable this 
                option for unreliable network environments (it is turned on by 
                default in Windows NT Servers).  For more information see the file 
                <filename>Speed.txt</filename> in the Samba <filename>docs/</filename> 
                directory.</para>

                <para>Oplocks may be selectively turned off on certain files with a 
                share. See the <link linkend="VETOOPLOCKFILES"><parameter>
                veto oplock files</parameter></link> parameter. On some systems 
                oplocks are recognized by the underlying operating system. This 
                allows data synchronization between all access to oplocked files, 
                whether it be via Samba or NFS or a local UNIX process. See the 
                <parameter>kernel oplocks</parameter> parameter for details.</para>

                <para>See also the <link linkend="KERNELOPLOCKS"><parameter>kernel 
                oplocks</parameter></link> and <link linkend="LEVEL2OPLOCKS"><parameter>
                level2 oplocks</parameter></link> parameters.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>oplocks = yes</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>

                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="NTLMAUTH">ntlm auth (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This parameter determines whether or not <ulink url="smbd.8.html">smbd</ulink> will
                attempt to authenticate users using the NTLM password hash.
                If disabled, only the lanman password hashes will be used. 
                </para>

                <para>Please note that at least this option or <command>lanman auth</command> should be enabled in order to be able to log in.
                </para>
                
                <para>Default : <command>ntlm auth = yes</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>

                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="OSLEVEL">os level (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This integer value controls what level Samba 
                advertises itself as for browse elections. The value of this 
                parameter determines whether <ulink url="nmbd.8.html">nmbd(8)</ulink> 
                has a chance of becoming a local master browser for the <parameter>
                WORKGROUP</parameter> in the local broadcast area.</para>
                
                <para><emphasis>Note :</emphasis>By default, Samba will win 
                a local master browsing election over all Microsoft operating 
                systems except a Windows NT 4.0/2000 Domain Controller.  This 
                means that a misconfigured Samba host can effectively isolate 
                a subnet for browsing purposes.  See <filename>BROWSING.txt
                </filename> in the Samba <filename>docs/</filename> directory 
                for details.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>os level = 20</command></para>
                <para>Example: <command>os level = 65 </command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="OS2DRIVERMAP">os2 driver map (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>The parameter is used to define the absolute
                path to a file containing a mapping of Windows NT printer driver
                names to OS/2 printer driver names.  The format is:</para>
                
                <para>&lt;nt driver name&gt; = &lt;os2 driver 
                name&gt;.&lt;device name&gt;</para>
                
                <para>For example, a valid entry using the HP LaserJet 5
                printer driver would appear as <command>HP LaserJet 5L = LASERJET.HP 
                LaserJet 5L</command>.</para>
                
                <para>The need for the file is due to the printer driver namespace 
                problem described in the <ulink url="printer_driver2.html">Samba 
                Printing HOWTO</ulink>.  For more details on OS/2 clients, please 
                refer to the <ulink url="OS2-Client-HOWTO.html">OS2-Client-HOWTO
                </ulink> containing in the Samba documentation.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>os2 driver map = &lt;empty string&gt;
                </command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>


                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="PAMPASSWORDCHANGE">pam password change (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>With the addition of better PAM support in Samba 2.2, 
                this parameter, it is possible to use PAM's password change control 
                flag for Samba.  If enabled, then PAM will be used for password
                changes when requested by an SMB client instead of the program listed in 
                <link linkend="PASSWDPROGRAM"><parameter>passwd program</parameter></link>. 
                It should be possible to enable this without changing your 
                <link linkend="PASSWDCHAT"><parameter>passwd chat</parameter></link>
                parameter for most setups.
                </para>
                
                <para>Default: <command>pam password change = no</command></para>
                
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>


                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="PANICACTION">panic action (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This is a Samba developer option that allows a 
                system command to be called when either <ulink url="smbd.8.html">
                smbd(8)</ulink> or <ulink url="nmbd.8.html">nmbd(8)</ulink> 
                crashes. This is usually used to draw attention to the fact that 
                a problem occurred.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>panic action = &lt;empty string&gt;</command></para>
                <para>Example: <command>panic action = "/bin/sleep 90000"</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>

                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="PARANOIDSERVERSECURITY">paranoid server security (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>Some version of NT 4.x allow non-guest 
                users with a bad passowrd. When this option is enabled, samba will not 
                use a broken NT 4.x server as password server, but instead complain
                to the logs and exit.
                </para>

                <para>Default: <command>paranoid server security = yes</command></para>

                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>

                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="PASSDBBACKEND">passdb backend (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This option allows the administrator to chose which backends to retrieve and store passwords with. This allows (for example) both 
                smbpasswd and tdbsam to be used without a recompile. 
                Multiple backends can be specified, separated by spaces. The backends will be searched in the order they are specified. New users are always added to the first backend specified.
                Experimental backends must still be selected
                (eg --with-tdbsam) at configure time.
                </para>

                <para>This parameter is in two parts, the backend's name, and a 'location'
                string that has meaning only to that particular backed.  These are separated
                by a : character.</para>

                <para>Available backends can include:
                <itemizedlist>
                        <listitem><para><command>smbpasswd</command> - The default smbpasswd
                        backend.  Takes a path to the smbpasswd file as an optional argument.</para></listitem>
                        
                        <listitem><para><command>smbpasswd_nua</command> - The smbpasswd
                        backend, but with support for 'not unix accounts'.  
                        Takes a path to the smbpasswd file as an optional argument.</para>
                        <para>See also <link linkend="NONUNIXACCOUNTRANGE">
                        <parameter>non unix account range</parameter></link></para></listitem>

                        <listitem><para><command>tdbsam</command> - The TDB based password storage
                        backend.  Takes a path to the TDB as an optional argument (defaults to passdb.tdb 
                        in the <link linkend="PRIVATEDIR">
                        <parameter>private dir</parameter></link> directory.</para></listitem>
                        
                        <listitem><para><command>tdbsam_nua</command> - The TDB based password storage
                        backend, with non unix account support.  Takes a path to the TDB as an optional argument (defaults to passdb.tdb 
                        in the <link linkend="PRIVATEDIR">
                        <parameter>private dir</parameter></link> directory.</para>
                        <para>See also <link linkend="NONUNIXACCOUNTRANGE">
                        <parameter>non unix account range</parameter></link></para></listitem>
                        
                        <listitem><para><command>ldapsam</command> - The LDAP based passdb 
                        backend.  Takes an LDAP URL as an optional argument (defaults to 
                        <command>ldap://localhost</command>)</para></listitem>
                        
                        <listitem><para><command>ldapsam_nua</command> - The LDAP based passdb 
                        backend, with non unix account support.  Takes an LDAP URL as an optional argument (defaults to 
                        <command>ldap://localhost</command>)</para>

                        <para>Note:  In this module, any account without a matching POSIX account is regarded
                        as 'non unix'.  </para>

                        <para>See also <link linkend="NONUNIXACCOUNTRANGE">
                        <parameter>non unix account
                        range</parameter></link></para>
                        
                        <para>LDAP connections should be secured where
                        possible.  This may be done using either
                        Start-TLS (see <link linkend="LDAPSSL">
                        <parameter>ldap ssl</parameter></link>) or by
                        specifying <parameter>ldaps://</parameter> in
                        the URL argument.  
                        </para></listitem>
                        
                        <listitem><para><command>nisplussam</command> - The NIS+ based passdb backend. Takes name NIS domain as an optional argument. Only works with sun NIS+ servers. </para></listitem>
                        
                        <listitem><para><command>plugin</command> - Allows Samba to load an 
                        arbitary passdb backend from the .so specified as a compulsary argument.
                        </para>

                        <para>Any characters after the (optional) second : are passed to the plugin
                        for its own processing</para>
                        </listitem>
                
                        <listitem><para><command>unixsam</command> - (EXPERIMENTAL) Allows samba to map all (other) available unix users</para>

                        <para>This backend uses the standard unix database for retrieving users. Users included 
                        in this pdb are NOT listed in samba user listings and users included in this pdb won't be 
                        able to login. The use of this backend is to always be able to display the owner of a file 
                        on the samba server - even when the user doesn't have a 'real' samba account in one of the 
                        other passdb backends.
                        </para>

                        <para>This backend should always be the last backend listed, since it contains all users in 
                        the unix passdb and might 'override' mappings if specified earlier. It's meant to only return 
                        accounts for users that aren't covered by the previous backends.</para>
                        </listitem>
                </itemizedlist>
                </para>

                <para>Default: <command>passdb backend = smbpasswd guest</command></para>
                <para>Example: <command>passdb backend = tdbsam:/etc/samba/private/passdb.tdb smbpasswd:/etc/samba/smbpasswd </command></para>
                <para>Example: <command>passdb backend = ldapsam_nua:ldaps://ldap.example.com </command></para>
                <para>Example: <command>passdb backend = plugin:/usr/local/samba/lib/my_passdb.so:my_plugin_args tdbsam:/etc/samba/private/passdb.tdb</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>


                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="PASSWDCHAT">passwd chat (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This string controls the <emphasis>"chat"</emphasis> 
                conversation that takes places between <ulink 
                url="smbd.8.html">smbd</ulink> and the local password changing
                program to change the user's password. The string describes a 
                sequence of response-receive pairs that <ulink url="smbd.8.html">
                smbd(8)</ulink> uses to determine what to send to the 
                <link linkend="PASSWDPROGRAM"><parameter>passwd program</parameter>
                </link> and what to expect back. If the expected output is not 
                received then the password is not changed.</para>

                <para>This chat sequence is often quite site specific, depending 
                on what local methods are used for password control (such as NIS 
                etc).</para>
                <para>Note that this parameter only is only used if the <link 
                linkend="UNIXPASSWORDSYNC"><parameter>unix 
                password sync</parameter></link> parameter is set to <constant>yes</constant>. This 
                sequence is then called <emphasis>AS ROOT</emphasis> when the SMB password 
                in the smbpasswd file is being changed, without access to the old 
                password cleartext. This means that root must be able to reset the user's password
                without knowing the text of the previous password. In the presence of NIS/YP, 
                this means that the <link linkend="PASSWDPROGRAM">passwd program</link> must be 
                executed on the NIS master.
                </para>


                <para>The string can contain the macro <parameter>%n</parameter> which is substituted 
                for the new password.  The chat sequence can also contain the standard 
                macros <constant>\n</constant>, <constant>\r</constant>, <constant>
                \t</constant> and <constant>\s</constant> to give line-feed, 
                carriage-return, tab and space.  The chat sequence string can also contain 
                a '*' which matches any sequence of characters.
                Double quotes can be used to collect strings with spaces 
                in them into a single string.</para>

                <para>If the send string in any part of the chat sequence 
                is a full stop ".",  then no string is sent. Similarly, 
                if the expect string is a full stop then no string is expected.</para>

                <para>If the <link linkend="PAMPASSWORDCHANGE"><parameter>pam
                password change</parameter></link> parameter is set to <constant>yes</constant>, the chat pairs
                may be matched in any order, and success is determined by the PAM result, 
                not any particular output. The \n macro is ignored for PAM conversions.
                </para>

                <para>See also <link linkend="UNIXPASSWORDSYNC"><parameter>unix password 
                sync</parameter></link>, <link linkend="PASSWDPROGRAM"><parameter>
                passwd program</parameter></link> ,<link linkend="PASSWDCHATDEBUG">
                <parameter>passwd chat debug</parameter></link> and <link linkend="PAMPASSWORDCHANGE">
                <parameter>pam password change</parameter></link>.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>passwd chat = *new*password* %n\n 
                *new*password* %n\n *changed*</command></para>
                <para>Example: <command>passwd chat = "*Enter OLD password*" %o\n 
                "*Enter NEW password*" %n\n "*Reenter NEW password*" %n\n "*Password 
                changed*"</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>

        
   
                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="PASSWDCHATDEBUG">passwd chat debug (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This boolean specifies if the passwd chat script 
                parameter is run in <emphasis>debug</emphasis> mode. In this mode the 
                strings passed to and received from the passwd chat are printed 
                in the <ulink url="smbd.8.html">smbd(8)</ulink> log with a 
                <link linkend="DEBUGLEVEL"><parameter>debug level</parameter></link> 
                of 100. This is a dangerous option as it will allow plaintext passwords 
                to be seen in the <command>smbd</command> log. It is available to help 
                Samba admins debug their <parameter>passwd chat</parameter> scripts 
                when calling the <parameter>passwd program</parameter> and should 
                be turned off after this has been done. This option has no effect if the 
                <link linkend="PAMPASSWORDCHANGE"><parameter>pam password change</parameter></link>
                paramter is set. This parameter is off by default.</para>
  

                <para>See also <link linkend="PASSWDCHAT"><parameter>passwd chat</parameter>
                </link>, <link linkend="PAMPASSWORDCHANGE"><parameter>pam password change</parameter>
                </link>, <link linkend="PASSWDPROGRAM"><parameter>passwd program</parameter>
                </link>.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>passwd chat debug = no</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="PASSWDPROGRAM">passwd program (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>The name of a program that can be used to set 
                UNIX user passwords.  Any occurrences of <parameter>%u</parameter> 
                will be replaced with the user name. The user name is checked for 
                existence before calling the password changing program.</para>

                <para>Also note that many passwd programs insist in <emphasis>reasonable
                </emphasis> passwords, such as a minimum length, or the inclusion 
                of mixed case chars and digits. This can pose a problem as some clients 
                (such as Windows for Workgroups) uppercase the password before sending 
                it.</para>

                <para><emphasis>Note</emphasis> that if the <parameter>unix 
                password sync</parameter> parameter is set to <constant>yes
                </constant> then this program is called <emphasis>AS ROOT</emphasis> 
                before the SMB password in the <ulink url="smbpasswd.5.html">smbpasswd(5)
                </ulink> file is changed. If this UNIX password change fails, then 
                <command>smbd</command> will fail to change the SMB password also 
                (this is by design).</para>

                <para>If the <parameter>unix password sync</parameter> parameter 
                is set this parameter <emphasis>MUST USE ABSOLUTE PATHS</emphasis> 
                for <emphasis>ALL</emphasis> programs called, and must be examined 
                for security implications. Note that by default <parameter>unix 
                password sync</parameter> is set to <constant>no</constant>.</para>

                <para>See also <link linkend="UNIXPASSWORDSYNC"><parameter>unix 
                password sync</parameter></link>.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>passwd program = /bin/passwd</command></para>
                <para>Example: <command>passwd program = /sbin/npasswd %u</command>
                </para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="PASSWORDLEVEL">password level (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>Some client/server combinations have difficulty 
                with mixed-case passwords.  One offending client is Windows for 
                Workgroups, which for some reason forces passwords to upper 
                case when using the LANMAN1 protocol, but leaves them alone when 
                using COREPLUS!  Another problem child is the Windows 95/98
                family of operating systems.  These clients upper case clear
                text passwords even when NT LM 0.12 selected by the protocol
                negotiation request/response.</para>

                <para>This parameter defines the maximum number of characters 
                that may be upper case in passwords.</para>

                <para>For example, say the password given was "FRED". If <parameter>
                password level</parameter> is set to 1, the following combinations 
                would be tried if "FRED" failed:</para>

                <para>"Fred", "fred", "fRed", "frEd","freD"</para>

                <para>If <parameter>password level</parameter> was set to 2, 
                the following combinations would also be tried: </para>

                <para>"FRed", "FrEd", "FreD", "fREd", "fReD", "frED", ..</para>

                <para>And so on.</para>

                <para>The higher value this parameter is set to the more likely 
                it is that a mixed case password will be matched against a single 
                case password. However, you should be aware that use of this 
                parameter reduces security and increases the time taken to 
                process a new connection.</para>

                <para>A value of zero will cause only two attempts to be 
                made - the password as is and the password in all-lower case.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>password level = 0</command></para>
                <para>Example: <command>password level = 4</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="PASSWORDSERVER">password server (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>By specifying the name of another SMB server (such 
                as a WinNT box) with this option, and using <command>security = domain
                </command> or <command>security = server</command> you can get Samba 
                to do all its username/password validation via a remote server.</para>

                <para>This option sets the name of the password server to use. 
                It must be a NetBIOS name, so if the machine's NetBIOS name is 
                different from its Internet name then you may have to add its NetBIOS 
                name to the lmhosts  file which is stored in the same directory 
                as the <filename>smb.conf</filename> file.</para>

                <para>The name of the password server is looked up using the 
                parameter <link linkend="NAMERESOLVEORDER"><parameter>name 
                resolve order</parameter></link> and so may resolved
                by any method and order described in that parameter.</para>

                <para>The password server must be a machine capable of using 
                the "LM1.2X002" or the "NT LM 0.12" protocol, and it must be in 
                user level security mode.</para>

                <para><emphasis>NOTE:</emphasis> Using a password server 
                means your UNIX box (running Samba) is only as secure as your 
                password server. <emphasis>DO NOT CHOOSE A PASSWORD SERVER THAT 
                YOU DON'T COMPLETELY TRUST</emphasis>.</para>
                
                <para>Never point a Samba server at itself for password 
                serving. This will cause a loop and could lock up your Samba 
                server!</para>

                <para>The name of the password server takes the standard 
                substitutions, but probably the only useful one is <parameter>%m
                </parameter>, which means the Samba server will use the incoming 
                client as the password server. If you use this then you better 
                trust your clients, and you had better restrict them with hosts allow!</para>

                <para>If the <parameter>security</parameter> parameter is set to
                <constant>domain</constant>, then the list of machines in this 
                option must be a list of Primary or Backup Domain controllers for the
                Domain or the character '*', as the Samba server is effectively
                in that domain, and will use cryptographically authenticated RPC calls
                to authenticate the user logging on. The advantage of using <command>
                security = domain</command> is that if you list several hosts in the 
                <parameter>password server</parameter> option then <command>smbd
                </command> will try each in turn till it finds one that responds. This 
                is useful in case your primary server goes down.</para>

                <para>If the <parameter>password server</parameter> option is set 
                to the character '*', then Samba will attempt to auto-locate the 
                Primary or Backup Domain controllers to authenticate against by 
                doing a query for the name <constant>WORKGROUP&lt;1C&gt;</constant> 
                and then contacting each server returned in the list of IP 
                addresses from the name resolution source. </para>

                <para>If the list of servers contains both names and the '*'
                character, the list is treated as a list of preferred 
                domain controllers, but an auto lookup of all remaining DC's
                will be added to the list as well.  Samba will not attempt to optimize 
                this list by locating the closest DC.</para>
                
                <para>If the <parameter>security</parameter> parameter is 
                set to <constant>server</constant>, then there are different
                restrictions that <command>security = domain</command> doesn't 
                suffer from:</para>

                <itemizedlist>
                        <listitem><para>You may list several password servers in 
                        the <parameter>password server</parameter> parameter, however if an 
                        <command>smbd</command> makes a connection to a password server, 
                        and then the password server fails, no more users will be able 
                        to be authenticated from this <command>smbd</command>.  This is a 
                        restriction of the SMB/CIFS protocol when in <command>security = server
                        </command> mode and cannot be fixed in Samba.</para></listitem>

                        <listitem><para>If you are using a Windows NT server as your 
                        password server then you will have to ensure that your users 
                        are able to login from the Samba server, as when in <command>
                        security = server</command>  mode the network logon will appear to 
                        come from there rather than from the users workstation.</para></listitem>
                </itemizedlist>

                <para>See also the <link linkend="SECURITY"><parameter>security
                </parameter></link> parameter.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>password server = &lt;empty string&gt;</command>
                </para>
                <para>Example: <command>password server = NT-PDC, NT-BDC1, NT-BDC2, *
                </command></para>
                <para>Example: <command>password server = *</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="PATH">path (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>This parameter specifies a directory to which 
                the user of the service is to be given access. In the case of 
                printable services, this is where print data will spool prior to 
                being submitted to the host for printing.</para>

                <para>For a printable service offering guest access, the service 
                should be readonly and the path should be world-writeable and 
                have the sticky bit set. This is not mandatory of course, but 
                you probably won't get the results you expect if you do 
                otherwise.</para>

                <para>Any occurrences of <parameter>%u</parameter> in the path 
                will be replaced with the UNIX username that the client is using 
                on this connection. Any occurrences of <parameter>%m</parameter> 
                will be replaced by the NetBIOS name of the machine they are 
                connecting from. These replacements are very useful for setting 
                up pseudo home directories for users.</para>

                <para>Note that this path will be based on <link linkend="ROOTDIR">
                <parameter>root dir</parameter></link> if one was specified.</para>

                <para>Default: <emphasis>none</emphasis></para>
                <para>Example: <command>path = /home/fred</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>




                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="PIDDIRECTORY">pid directory (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This option specifies the directory where pid 
                files will be placed.  </para>

                <para>Default: <command>pid directory = ${prefix}/var/locks</command></para>
                <para>Example: <command>pid directory = /var/run/</command>
                </para></listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="POSIXLOCKING">posix locking (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>The <ulink url="smbd.8.html"><command>smbd(8)</command></ulink>
                daemon maintains an database of file locks obtained by SMB clients.
                The default behavior is to map this internal database to POSIX
                locks.  This means that file locks obtained by SMB clients are 
                consistent with those seen by POSIX compliant applications accessing 
                the files via a non-SMB method (e.g. NFS or local file access).  
                You should never need to disable this parameter.</para>
                
                <para>Default: <command>posix locking = yes</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>




                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="POSTEXEC">postexec (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>This option specifies a command to be run 
                whenever the service is disconnected. It takes the usual 
                substitutions. The command may be run as the root on some 
                systems.</para>

                <para>An interesting example may be to unmount server 
                resources:</para>

                <para><command>postexec = /etc/umount /cdrom</command></para>

                <para>See also <link linkend="PREEXEC"><parameter>preexec</parameter>
                </link>.</para>

                <para>Default: <emphasis>none (no command executed)</emphasis>
                </para>

                <para>Example: <command>postexec = echo \"%u disconnected from %S 
                from %m (%I)\" &gt;&gt; /tmp/log</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="POSTSCRIPT">postscript (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>This parameter forces a printer to interpret 
                the print files as PostScript. This is done by adding a <constant>%!
                </constant> to the start of print output.</para>

                <para>This is most useful when you have lots of PCs that persist 
                in putting a control-D at the start of print jobs, which then 
                confuses your printer.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>postscript = no</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>
        
        
        
                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="PREEXEC">preexec (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>This option specifies a command to be run whenever 
                the service is connected to. It takes the usual substitutions.</para>

                <para>An interesting example is to send the users a welcome 
                message every time they log in. Maybe a message of the day? Here 
                is an example:</para>

                <para><command>preexec = csh -c 'echo \"Welcome to %S!\" |
                 /usr/local/samba/bin/smbclient -M %m -I %I' & </command></para>

                <para>Of course, this could get annoying after a while :-)</para>

                <para>See also <link linkend="PREEXECCLOSE"><parameter>preexec close
                </parameter</link> and <link linkend="POSTEXEC"><parameter>postexec
                </parameter></link>.</para>

                <para>Default: <emphasis>none (no command executed)</emphasis></para>
                <para>Example: <command>preexec = echo \"%u connected to %S from %m
                (%I)\" &gt;&gt; /tmp/log</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="PREEXECCLOSE">preexec close (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>This boolean option controls whether a non-zero 
                return code from <link linkend="PREEXEC"><parameter>preexec
                </parameter></link> should close the service being connected to.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>preexec close = no</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>


                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="PREFERREDMASTER">preferred master (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This boolean parameter controls if <ulink 
                url="nmbd.8.html">nmbd(8)</ulink> is a preferred master browser 
                for its workgroup.</para>

                <para>If this is set to <constant>yes</constant>, on startup, <command>nmbd</command> 
                will force an election, and it will have a slight advantage in 
                winning the election.  It is recommended that this parameter is 
                used in conjunction with <command><link linkend="DOMAINMASTER"><parameter>
                domain master</parameter></link> = yes</command>, so that <command>
                nmbd</command> can guarantee becoming a domain master.</para>
                
                <para>Use this option with caution, because if there are several 
                hosts (whether Samba servers, Windows 95 or NT) that are preferred 
                master browsers on the same subnet, they will each periodically 
                and continuously attempt to become the local master browser.  
                This will result in unnecessary broadcast traffic and reduced browsing
                capabilities.</para>

                <para>See also <link linkend="OSLEVEL"><parameter>os level</parameter>
                </link>.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>preferred master = auto</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="PREFEREDMASTER">prefered master (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>Synonym for <link linkend="PREFERREDMASTER"><parameter>
                preferred master</parameter></link> for people who cannot spell :-).</para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="PRELOAD">preload (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This is a list of services that you want to be 
                automatically added to the browse lists. This is most useful 
                for homes and printers services that would otherwise not be 
                visible.</para>

                <para>Note that if you just want all printers in your 
                printcap file loaded then the <link linkend="LOADPRINTERS">
                <parameter>load printers</parameter></link> option is easier.</para>

                <para>Default: <emphasis>no preloaded services</emphasis></para>
                
                <para>Example: <command>preload = fred lp colorlp</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>


                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="PRESERVECASE">preserve case (S)</term>
                <listitem><para> This controls if new filenames are created
                with the case that the client passes, or if they are forced to 
                be the <link linkend="DEFAULTCASE"><parameter>default case
                </parameter></link>.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>preserve case = yes</command></para>

                <para>See the section on <link linkend="NAMEMANGLINGSECT">NAME 
                MANGLING</link> for a fuller discussion.</para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="PRINTCOMMAND">print command (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>After a print job has finished spooling to 
                a service, this command will be used via a <command>system()</command> 
                call to process the spool file. Typically the command specified will 
                submit the spool file to the host's printing subsystem, but there 
                is no requirement that this be the case. The server will not remove 
                the spool file, so whatever command you specify should remove the 
                spool file when it has been processed, otherwise you will need to 
                manually remove old spool files.</para>
                
                <para>The print command is simply a text string. It will be used 
                verbatim after macro substitutions have been made:</para>

                <para>s, %p - the path to the spool
                file name</para>

                <para>%p - the appropriate printer 
                name</para>

                <para>%J - the job 
                name as transmitted by the client.</para>

                <para>%c - The number of printed pages
                of the spooled job (if known).</para>

                <para>%z - the size of the spooled
                print job (in bytes)</para>

                <para>The print command <emphasis>MUST</emphasis> contain at least 
                one occurrence of <parameter>%s</parameter> or <parameter>%f
                </parameter> - the <parameter>%p</parameter> is optional. At the time 
                a job is submitted, if no printer name is supplied the <parameter>%p
                </parameter> will be silently removed from the printer command.</para>

                <para>If specified in the [global] section, the print command given 
                will be used for any printable service that does not have its own 
                print command specified.</para>

                <para>If there is neither a specified print command for a 
                printable service nor a global print command, spool files will 
                be created but not processed and (most importantly) not removed.</para>

                <para>Note that printing may fail on some UNIXes from the 
                <constant>nobody</constant> account. If this happens then create 
                an alternative guest account that can print and set the <link
                linkend="GUESTACCOUNT"><parameter>guest account</parameter></link> 
                in the [global] section.</para>

                <para>You can form quite complex print commands by realizing 
                that they are just passed to a shell. For example the following 
                will log a print job, print the file, then remove it. Note that 
                ';' is the usual separator for command in shell scripts.</para>

                <para><command>print command = echo Printing %s &gt;&gt; 
                /tmp/print.log; lpr -P %p %s; rm %s</command></para>

                <para>You may have to vary this command considerably depending 
                on how you normally print files on your system. The default for 
                the parameter varies depending on the setting of the <link linkend="PRINTING">
                <parameter>printing</parameter></link> parameter.</para>

                <para>Default: For <command>printing = BSD, AIX, QNX, LPRNG 
                or PLP :</command></para>
                <para><command>print command = lpr -r -P%p %s</command></para>

                <para>For <command>printing = SYSV or HPUX :</command></para>
                <para><command>print command = lp -c -d%p %s; rm %s</command></para>

                <para>For <command>printing = SOFTQ :</command></para>
                <para><command>print command = lp -d%p -s %s; rm %s</command></para>

                <para>For printing = CUPS :   If SAMBA is compiled against
                libcups, then <link linkend="PRINTING">printcap = cups</link> 
                uses the CUPS API to
                submit jobs, etc.  Otherwise it maps to the System V
                commands with the -oraw option for printing, i.e. it
                uses <command>lp -c -d%p -oraw; rm %s</command>.   
                With <command>printing = cups</command>,
                and if SAMBA is compiled against libcups, any manually 
                set print command will be ignored.</para>


                <para>Example: <command>print command = /usr/local/samba/bin/myprintscript
                %p %s</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>
                
                

                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="PRINTOK">print ok (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>Synonym for <link linkend="PRINTABLE">
                <parameter>printable</parameter></link>.</para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>




                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="PRINTABLE">printable (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>If this parameter is <constant>yes</constant>, then 
                clients may open, write to and submit spool files on the directory 
                specified for the service. </para>
                
                <para>Note that a printable service will ALWAYS allow writing 
                to the service path (user privileges permitting) via the spooling 
                of print data. The <link linkend="READONLY"><parameter>read only
                </parameter></link> parameter controls only non-printing access to 
                the resource.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>printable = no</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="PRINTCAP">printcap (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>Synonym for     <link linkend="PRINTCAPNAME"><parameter>
                printcap name</parameter></link>.</para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>




                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="PRINTCAPNAME">printcap name (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This parameter may be used to override the 
                compiled-in default printcap name used by the server (usually <filename>
                /etc/printcap</filename>). See the discussion of the <link
                linkend="PRINTERSSECT">[printers]</link> section above for reasons 
                why you might want to do this.</para>

                <para>To use the CUPS printing interface set <command>printcap name = cups
                </command>. This should be supplemented by an addtional setting 
                <link linkend="PRINTING">printing = cups</link> in the [global] 
                section.  <command>printcap name = cups</command> will use the  
                "dummy" printcap created by CUPS, as specified in your CUPS
                configuration file.
                </para>

                <para>On System V systems that use <command>lpstat</command> to 
                list available printers you can use <command>printcap name = lpstat
                </command> to automatically obtain lists of available printers. This 
                is the default for systems that define SYSV at configure time in 
                Samba (this includes most System V based systems). If <parameter>
                printcap name</parameter> is set to <command>lpstat</command> on 
                these systems then Samba will launch <command>lpstat -v</command> and 
                attempt to parse the output to obtain a printer list.</para>

                <para>A minimal printcap file would look something like this:</para>

                <para><programlisting>
                print1|My Printer 1
                print2|My Printer 2
                print3|My Printer 3
                print4|My Printer 4
                print5|My Printer 5
                </programlisting></para>
        
                <para>where the '|' separates aliases of a printer. The fact 
                that the second alias has a space in it gives a hint to Samba 
                that it's a comment.</para>

                <para><emphasis>NOTE</emphasis>: Under AIX the default printcap 
                name is <filename>/etc/qconfig</filename>. Samba will assume the 
                file is in AIX <filename>qconfig</filename> format if the string
                <filename>qconfig</filename> appears in the printcap filename.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>printcap name = /etc/printcap</command></para>
                <para>Example: <command>printcap name = /etc/myprintcap</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>





                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="PRINTERADMIN">printer admin (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>This is a list of users that can do anything to 
                printers via the remote administration interfaces offered by MS-RPC 
                (usually using a NT workstation). Note that the root user always 
                has admin rights.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>printer admin = &lt;empty string&gt;</command>
                </para>
                <para>Example: <command>printer admin = admin, @staff</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>




                
                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="PRINTERDRIVER">printer driver (S)</term>
                <listitem><para><emphasis>Note :</emphasis>This is a deprecated 
                parameter and will be removed in the next major release
                following version 2.2.  Please see the instructions in
                the <ulink url="printer_driver2.html">Samba 2.2. Printing
                HOWTO</ulink> for more information
                on the new method of loading printer drivers onto a Samba server.
                </para>
                
                <para>This option allows you to control the string 
                that clients receive when they ask the server for the printer driver 
                associated with a printer. If you are using Windows95 or Windows NT 
                then you can use this to automate the setup of printers on your 
                system.</para>

                <para>You need to set this parameter to the exact string (case 
                sensitive) that describes the appropriate printer driver for your 
                system. If you don't know the exact string to use then you should 
                first try with no <link linkend="PRINTERDRIVER"><parameter>
                printer driver</parameter></link> option set and the client will 
                give you a list of printer drivers. The appropriate strings are 
                shown in a scroll box after you have chosen the printer manufacturer.</para>

                <para>See also <link linkend="PRINTERDRIVERFILE"><parameter>printer
                driver file</parameter></link>.</para>

                <para>Example: <command>printer driver = HP LaserJet 4L</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="PRINTERDRIVERFILE">printer driver file (G)</term>
                <listitem><para><emphasis>Note :</emphasis>This is a deprecated 
                parameter and will be removed in the next major release
                following version 2.2.  Please see the instructions in
                the <ulink url="printer_driver2.html">Samba 2.2. Printing
                HOWTO</ulink> for more information
                on the new method of loading printer drivers onto a Samba server.
                </para>

                <para>This parameter tells Samba where the printer driver 
                definition file, used when serving drivers to Windows 95 clients, is 
                to be found. If this is not set, the default is :</para>

                <para><filename><replaceable>SAMBA_INSTALL_DIRECTORY</replaceable>
                /lib/printers.def</filename></para>

                <para>This file is created from Windows 95 <filename>msprint.inf
                </filename> files found on the Windows 95 client system. For more 
                details on setting up serving of printer drivers to Windows 95 
                clients, see the outdated documentation file in the <filename>docs/</filename> 
                directory, <filename>PRINTER_DRIVER.txt</filename>.</para>

                <para>See also <link linkend="PRINTERDRIVERLOCATION"><parameter>
                printer driver location</parameter></link>.</para>
                
                <para>Default: <emphasis>None (set in compile).</emphasis></para>

                <para>Example: <command>printer driver file = 
                /usr/local/samba/printers/drivers.def</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>




                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="PRINTERDRIVERLOCATION">printer driver location (S)</term>
                <listitem><para><emphasis>Note :</emphasis>This is a deprecated 
                parameter and will be removed in the next major release
                following version 2.2.  Please see the instructions in
                the <ulink url="printer_driver2.html">Samba 2.2. Printing
                HOWTO</ulink> for more information
                on the new method of loading printer drivers onto a Samba server.
                </para>

                <para>This parameter tells clients of a particular printer 
                share where to find the printer driver files for the automatic 
                installation of drivers for Windows 95 machines. If Samba is set up 
                to serve printer drivers to Windows 95 machines, this should be set to</para>

                <para><command>\\MACHINE\PRINTER$</command></para>

                <para>Where MACHINE is the NetBIOS name of your Samba server, 
                and PRINTER$ is a share you set up for serving printer driver 
                files. For more details on setting this up see the outdated documentation 
                file in the <filename>docs/</filename> directory, <filename>
                PRINTER_DRIVER.txt</filename>.</para>

                <para>See also <link linkend="PRINTERDRIVERFILE"><parameter>
                printer driver file</parameter></link>.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>none</command></para>
                <para>Example: <command>printer driver location = \\MACHINE\PRINTER$
                </command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="PRINTERNAME">printer name (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>This parameter specifies the name of the printer 
                to which print jobs spooled through a printable service will be sent.</para>

                <para>If specified in the [global] section, the printer
                name given will be used for any printable service that does 
                not have its own printer name specified.</para>

                <para>Default: <emphasis>none (but may be <constant>lp</constant> 
                on many systems)</emphasis></para>

                <para>Example: <command>printer name = laserwriter</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>


                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="PRINTER">printer (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>Synonym for <link linkend="PRINTERNAME"><parameter>
                printer name</parameter></link>.</para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="PRINTING">printing (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>This parameters controls how printer status 
                information is interpreted on your system. It also affects the 
                default values for the <parameter>print command</parameter>, 
                <parameter>lpq command</parameter>, <parameter>lppause command
                </parameter>, <parameter>lpresume command</parameter>, and 
                <parameter>lprm command</parameter> if specified in the 
                [global] section.</para>

                <para>Currently nine printing styles are supported. They are
                <constant>BSD</constant>, <constant>AIX</constant>, 
                <constant>LPRNG</constant>, <constant>PLP</constant>,
                <constant>SYSV</constant>, <constant>HPUX</constant>,
                <constant>QNX</constant>, <constant>SOFTQ</constant>,
                and <constant>CUPS</constant>.</para>

                <para>To see what the defaults are for the other print 
                commands when using the various options use the <ulink 
                url="testparm.1.html">testparm(1)</ulink> program.</para>

                <para>This option can be set on a per printer basis</para>

                <para>See also the discussion in the <link linkend="PRINTERSSECT">
                [printers]</link> section.</para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                
                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="PRIVATEDIR">private dir (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This parameters defines the directory
                smbd will use for storing such files as <filename>smbpasswd</filename>
                and <filename>secrets.tdb</filename>.
                </para>
                                
                <para>Default :<command>private dir = ${prefix}/private</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>
                
                
                

                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="PROTOCOL">protocol (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>Synonym for <link linkend="MAXPROTOCOL">
                <parameter>max protocol</parameter></link>.</para></listitem>
                </varlistentry>




                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="PUBLIC">public (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>Synonym for <link linkend="GUESTOK"><parameter>guest 
                ok</parameter></link>.</para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="QUEUEPAUSECOMMAND">queuepause command (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>This parameter specifies the command to be 
                executed on the server host in order to pause the printer queue.</para>

                <para>This command should be a program or script which takes 
                a printer name as its only parameter and stops the printer queue, 
                such that no longer jobs are submitted to the printer.</para>

                <para>This command is not supported by Windows for Workgroups, 
                but can be issued from the Printers window under Windows 95 
                and NT.</para>
                
                <para>If a <parameter>%p</parameter> is given then the printer name 
                is put in its place. Otherwise it is placed at the end of the command.
                </para>

                <para>Note that it is good practice to include the absolute 
                path in the command as the PATH may not be available to the 
                server.</para>

                <para>Default: <emphasis>depends on the setting of <parameter>printing
                </parameter></emphasis></para>
                <para>Example: <command>queuepause command = disable %p</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="QUEUERESUMECOMMAND">queueresume command (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>This parameter specifies the command to be 
                executed on the server host in order to resume the printer queue. It 
                is the command to undo the behavior that is caused by the 
                previous parameter (<link linkend="QUEUEPAUSECOMMAND"><parameter>
                queuepause command</parameter></link>).</para>
 
                <para>This command should be a program or script which takes 
                a printer name as its only parameter and resumes the printer queue, 
                such that queued jobs are resubmitted to the printer.</para>

                <para>This command is not supported by Windows for Workgroups, 
                but can be issued from the Printers window under Windows 95 
                and NT.</para>

                <para>If a <parameter>%p</parameter> is given then the printer name 
                is put in its place. Otherwise it is placed at the end of the 
                command.</para>

                <para>Note that it is good practice to include the absolute 
                path in the command as the PATH may not be available to the 
                server.</para>

                <para>Default: <emphasis>depends on the setting of <link
                linkend="PRINTING"><parameter>printing</parameter></link></emphasis>
                </para>

                <para>Example: <command>queuepause command = enable %p
                </command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="READBMPX">read bmpx (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This boolean parameter controls whether <ulink 
                url="smbd.8.html">smbd(8)</ulink> will support the "Read 
                Block Multiplex" SMB. This is now rarely used and defaults to 
                <constant>no</constant>. You should never need to set this 
                parameter.</para>
                
                <para>Default: <command>read bmpx = no</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>




                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="READLIST">read list (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>This is a list of users that are given read-only 
                access to a service. If the connecting user is in this list then 
                they will not be given write access, no matter what the <link 
                linkend="READONLY"><parameter>read only</parameter></link>
                option is set to. The list can include group names using the 
                syntax described in the <link linkend="INVALIDUSERS"><parameter>
                invalid users</parameter></link> parameter.</para>

                <para>See also the <link linkend="WRITELIST"><parameter>
                write list</parameter></link> parameter and the <link 
                linkend="INVALIDUSERS"><parameter>invalid users</parameter>
                </link> parameter.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>read list = &lt;empty string&gt;</command></para>
                <para>Example: <command>read list = mary, @students</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="READONLY">read only (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>An inverted synonym is <link linkend="WRITEABLE">
                <parameter>writeable</parameter></link>.</para>

                <para>If this parameter is <constant>yes</constant>, then users 
                of a service may not create or modify files in the service's 
                directory.</para>

                <para>Note that a printable service (<command>printable = yes</command>)
                will <emphasis>ALWAYS</emphasis> allow writing to the directory 
                (user privileges permitting), but only via spooling operations.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>read only = yes</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="READRAW">read raw (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This parameter controls whether or not the server 
                will support the raw read SMB requests when transferring data 
                to clients.</para>

                <para>If enabled, raw reads allow reads of 65535 bytes in 
                one packet. This typically provides a major performance benefit.
                </para>

                <para>However, some clients either negotiate the allowable 
                block size incorrectly or are incapable of supporting larger block 
                sizes, and for these clients you may need to disable raw reads.</para>

                <para>In general this parameter should be viewed as a system tuning 
                tool and left severely alone. See also <link linkend="WRITERAW">
                <parameter>write raw</parameter></link>.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>read raw = yes</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>


                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="READSIZE">read size (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>The option <parameter>read size</parameter> 
                affects the overlap of disk reads/writes with network reads/writes. 
                If the amount of data being transferred in several of the SMB 
                commands (currently SMBwrite, SMBwriteX and SMBreadbraw) is larger 
                than this value then the server begins writing the data before it 
                has received the whole packet from the network, or in the case of 
                SMBreadbraw, it begins writing to the network before all the data 
                has been read from disk.</para>

                <para>This overlapping works best when the speeds of disk and 
                network access are similar, having very little effect when the 
                speed of one is much greater than the other.</para>

                <para>The default value is 16384, but very little experimentation 
                has been done yet to determine the optimal value, and it is likely 
                that the best value will vary greatly between systems anyway. 
                A value over 65536 is pointless and will cause you to allocate 
                memory unnecessarily.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>read size = 16384</command></para>
                <para>Example: <command>read size = 8192</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>


                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="REALM">realm (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>
                This option specifies the kerberos realm to use. The realm is 
                used as the ADS equivalent of the NT4<command>domain</command>. It
                is usually set to the DNS name of the kerberos server.
                </para>
                
                <para>Default: <command>realm = </command></para>
                <para>Example: <command>realm = mysambabox.mycompany.com</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>

                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="REMOTEANNOUNCE">remote announce (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This option allows you to setup <ulink 
                url="nmbd.8.html">nmbd(8)</ulink> to periodically announce itself 
                to arbitrary IP addresses with an arbitrary workgroup name.</para>

                <para>This is useful if you want your Samba server to appear 
                in a remote workgroup for which the normal browse propagation 
                rules don't work. The remote workgroup can be anywhere that you 
                can send IP packets to.</para>

                <para>For example:</para>

                <para><command>remote announce = 192.168.2.255/SERVERS 
                192.168.4.255/STAFF</command></para>

                <para>the above line would cause <command>nmbd</command> to announce itself 
                to the two given IP addresses using the given workgroup names. 
                If you leave out the workgroup name then the one given in 
                the <link linkend="WORKGROUP"><parameter>workgroup</parameter></link> 
                parameter is used instead.</para>

                <para>The IP addresses you choose would normally be the broadcast 
                addresses of the remote networks, but can also be the IP addresses 
                of known browse masters if your network config is that stable.</para>

                <para>See the documentation file <filename>BROWSING.txt</filename> 
                in the <filename>docs/</filename> directory.</para>
                
                <para>Default: <command>remote announce = &lt;empty string&gt;
                </command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="REMOTEBROWSESYNC">remote browse sync (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This option allows you to setup <ulink 
                url="nmbd.8.html">nmbd(8)</ulink> to periodically request 
                synchronization of browse lists with the master browser of a Samba 
                server that is on a remote segment. This option will allow you to 
                gain browse lists for multiple workgroups across routed networks. This 
                is done in a manner that does not work with any non-Samba servers.</para>

                <para>This is useful if you want your Samba server and all local 
                clients to appear in a remote workgroup for which the normal browse 
                propagation rules don't work. The remote workgroup can be anywhere 
                that you can send IP packets to.</para>

                <para>For example:</para>
                
                <para><command>remote browse sync = 192.168.2.255 192.168.4.255
                </command></para>

                <para>the above line would cause <command>nmbd</command> to request 
                the master browser on the specified subnets or addresses to 
                synchronize their browse lists with the local server.</para>

                <para>The IP addresses you choose would normally be the broadcast 
                addresses of the remote networks, but can also be the IP addresses 
                of known browse masters if your network config is that stable. If 
                a machine IP address is given Samba makes NO attempt to validate 
                that the remote machine is available, is listening, nor that it 
                is in fact the browse master on its segment.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>remote browse sync = &lt;empty string&gt;
                </command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>




                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="RESTRICTANONYMOUS">restrict anonymous (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This is a integer parameter, and
                mirrors as much as possible the functinality the
                <constant>RestrictAnonymous</constant>
                registry key does on NT/Win2k.  </para>

                <para>Default: <command>restrict anonymous = 0</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="ROOT">root (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>Synonym for <link linkend="ROOTDIRECTORY">
                <parameter>root directory"</parameter></link>.</para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="ROOTDIR">root dir (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>Synonym for <link linkend="ROOTDIRECTORY">
                <parameter>root directory"</parameter></link>.</para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>


                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="ROOTDIRECTORY">root directory (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>The server will <command>chroot()</command> (i.e. 
                Change its root directory) to this directory on startup. This is 
                not strictly necessary for secure operation. Even without it the 
                server will deny access to files not in one of the service entries. 
                It may also check for, and deny access to, soft links to other 
                parts of the filesystem, or attempts to use ".." in file names 
                to access other directories (depending on the setting of the <link
                linkend="WIDELINKS"><parameter>wide links</parameter></link> 
                parameter).</para>

                <para>Adding a <parameter>root directory</parameter> entry other 
                than "/" adds an extra level of security, but at a price. It 
                absolutely ensures that no access is given to files not in the 
                sub-tree specified in the <parameter>root directory</parameter> 
                option, <emphasis>including</emphasis> some files needed for 
                complete operation of the server. To maintain full operability 
                of the server you will need to mirror some system files 
                into the <parameter>root directory</parameter> tree. In particular 
                you will need to mirror <filename>/etc/passwd</filename> (or a 
                subset of it), and any binaries or configuration files needed for 
                printing (if required). The set of files that must be mirrored is
                operating system dependent.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>root directory = /</command></para>
                <para>Example: <command>root directory = /homes/smb</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="ROOTPOSTEXEC">root postexec (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>This is the same as the <parameter>postexec</parameter>
                parameter except that the command is run as root. This 
                is useful for unmounting filesystems 
                (such as CDROMs) after a connection is closed.</para>

                <para>See also <link linkend="POSTEXEC"><parameter>
                postexec</parameter></link>.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>root postexec = &lt;empty string&gt;
                </command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>

                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="ROOTPREEXEC">root preexec (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>This is the same as the <parameter>preexec</parameter>
                parameter except that the command is run as root. This 
                is useful for mounting filesystems (such as CDROMs) when a 
                connection is opened.</para>

                <para>See also <link linkend="PREEXEC"><parameter>
                preexec</parameter></link> and <link linkend="PREEXECCLOSE">
                <parameter>preexec close</parameter></link>.</para>
                
                <para>Default: <command>root preexec = &lt;empty string&gt;
                </command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="ROOTPREEXECCLOSE">root preexec close (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>This is the same as the <parameter>preexec close
                </parameter> parameter except that the command is run as root.</para>

                <para>See also <link linkend="PREEXEC"><parameter>
                preexec</parameter></link> and <link linkend="PREEXECCLOSE">
                <parameter>preexec close</parameter></link>.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>root preexec close = no</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>


                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="SECURITY">security (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This option affects how clients respond to 
                Samba and is one of the most important settings in the <filename>
                smb.conf</filename> file.</para>

                <para>The option sets the "security mode bit" in replies to 
                protocol negotiations with <ulink url="smbd.8.html">smbd(8)
                </ulink> to turn share level security on or off. Clients decide 
                based on this bit whether (and how) to transfer user and password 
                information to the server.</para>


                <para>The default is <command>security = user</command>, as this is
                the most common setting needed when talking to Windows 98 and 
                Windows NT.</para>

                <para>The alternatives are <command>security = share</command>,
                <command>security = server</command> or <command>security = domain
                </command>.</para>

                <para>In versions of Samba prior to 2.0.0, the default was 
                <command>security = share</command> mainly because that was
                the only option at one stage.</para>

                <para>There is a bug in WfWg that has relevance to this 
                setting. When in user or server level security a WfWg client 
                will totally ignore the password you type in the "connect 
                drive" dialog box. This makes it very difficult (if not impossible) 
                to connect to a Samba service as anyone except the user that 
                you are logged into WfWg as.</para>

                <para>If your PCs use usernames that are the same as their 
                usernames on the UNIX machine then you will want to use 
                <command>security = user</command>. If you mostly use usernames 
                that don't exist on the UNIX box then use <command>security = 
                share</command>.</para>

                <para>You should also use <command>security = share</command> if you 
                want to mainly setup shares without a password (guest shares). This 
                is commonly used for a shared printer server. It is more difficult 
                to setup guest shares with <command>security = user</command>, see 
                the <link linkend="MAPTOGUEST"><parameter>map to guest</parameter>
                </link>parameter for details.</para>
                
                <para>It is possible to use <command>smbd</command> in a <emphasis>
                hybrid mode</emphasis> where it is offers both user and share 
                level security under different <link linkend="NETBIOSALIASES">
                <parameter>NetBIOS aliases</parameter></link>. </para>

                <para>The different settings will now be explained.</para>


                <para><anchor id="SECURITYEQUALSSHARE"><emphasis>SECURITY = SHARE
                </emphasis></para> 
                
                <para>When clients connect to a share level security server they 
                need not log onto the server with a valid username and password before 
                attempting to connect to a shared resource (although modern clients 
                such as Windows 95/98 and Windows NT will send a logon request with 
                a username but no password when talking to a <command>security = share
                </command> server). Instead, the clients send authentication information 
                (passwords) on a per-share basis, at the time they attempt to connect 
                to that share.</para>

                <para>Note that <command>smbd</command> <emphasis>ALWAYS</emphasis> 
                uses a valid UNIX user to act on behalf of the client, even in
                <command>security = share</command> level security.</para>

                <para>As clients are not required to send a username to the server
                in share level security, <command>smbd</command> uses several
                techniques to determine the correct UNIX user to use on behalf
                of the client.</para>

                <para>A list of possible UNIX usernames to match with the given
                client password is constructed using the following methods :</para>

                <itemizedlist>
                        <listitem><para>If the <link linkend="GUESTONLY"><parameter>guest 
                        only</parameter></link> parameter is set, then all the other 
                        stages are missed and only the <link linkend="GUESTACCOUNT">
                        <parameter>guest account</parameter></link> username is checked.
                        </para></listitem>

                        <listitem><para>Is a username is sent with the share connection 
                        request, then this username (after mapping - see <link 
                        linkend="USERNAMEMAP"><parameter>username map</parameter></link>), 
                        is added as a potential username.</para></listitem>

                        <listitem><para>If the client did a previous <emphasis>logon
                        </emphasis> request (the SessionSetup SMB call) then the 
                        username sent in this SMB will be added as a potential username.
                        </para></listitem>

                        <listitem><para>The name of the service the client requested is 
                        added as a potential username.</para></listitem>

                        <listitem><para>The NetBIOS name of the client is added to 
                        the list as a potential username.</para></listitem>

                        <listitem><para>Any users on the <link linkend="USER"><parameter>
                        user</parameter></link> list are added as potential usernames.
                        </para></listitem>
                </itemizedlist>

                <para>If the <parameter>guest only</parameter> parameter is 
                not set, then this list is then tried with the supplied password. 
                The first user for whom the password matches will be used as the 
                UNIX user.</para>

                <para>If the <parameter>guest only</parameter> parameter is 
                set, or no username can be determined then if the share is marked 
                as available to the <parameter>guest account</parameter>, then this 
                guest user will be used, otherwise access is denied.</para>

                <para>Note that it can be <emphasis>very</emphasis> confusing 
                in share-level security as to which UNIX username will eventually
                be used in granting access.</para>

                <para>See also the section <link linkend="VALIDATIONSECT">
                NOTE ABOUT USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION</link>.</para>

                <para><anchor id="SECURITYEQUALSUSER"><emphasis>SECURITY = USER
                </emphasis></para>

                <para>This is the default security setting in Samba 2.2. 
                With user-level security a client must first "log-on" with a 
                valid username and password (which can be mapped using the <link
                linkend="USERNAMEMAP"><parameter>username map</parameter></link> 
                parameter). Encrypted passwords (see the <link linkend="ENCRYPTPASSWORDS">
                <parameter>encrypted passwords</parameter></link> parameter) can also
                be used in this security mode. Parameters such as <link linkend="USER">
                <parameter>user</parameter></link> and <link linkend="GUESTONLY">
                <parameter>guest only</parameter></link> if set are then applied and 
                may change the UNIX user to use on this connection, but only after 
                the user has been successfully authenticated.</para>

                <para><emphasis>Note</emphasis> that the name of the resource being 
                requested is <emphasis>not</emphasis> sent to the server until after 
                the server has successfully authenticated the client. This is why 
                guest shares don't work in user level security without allowing 
                the server to automatically map unknown users into the <link
                linkend="GUESTACCOUNT"><parameter>guest account</parameter></link>. 
                See the <link linkend="MAPTOGUEST"><parameter>map to guest</parameter>
                </link> parameter for details on doing this.</para>

                <para>See also the section <link linkend="VALIDATIONSECT">
                NOTE ABOUT USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION</link>.</para>

                <para><anchor id="SECURITYEQUALSSERVER"><emphasis>SECURITY = SERVER
                </emphasis></para>

                <para>In this mode Samba will try to validate the username/password 
                by passing it to another SMB server, such as an NT box. If this 
                fails it will revert to <command>security = user</command>, but note 
                that if encrypted passwords have been negotiated then Samba cannot 
                revert back to checking the UNIX password file, it must have a valid 
                <filename>smbpasswd</filename> file to check users against. See the 
                documentation file in the <filename>docs/</filename> directory 
                <filename>ENCRYPTION.txt</filename> for details on how to set this 
                up.</para>

                <para><emphasis>Note</emphasis> that from the client's point of 
                view <command>security = server</command> is the same as <command>
                security = user</command>.  It only affects how the server deals 
                with the authentication, it does not in any way affect what the 
                client sees.</para>

                <para><emphasis>Note</emphasis> that the name of the resource being 
                requested is <emphasis>not</emphasis> sent to the server until after 
                the server has successfully authenticated the client. This is why 
                guest shares don't work in user level security without allowing 
                the server to automatically map unknown users into the <link
                linkend="GUESTACCOUNT"><parameter>guest account</parameter></link>. 
                See the <link linkend="MAPTOGUEST"><parameter>map to guest</parameter>
                </link> parameter for details on doing this.</para>

                <para>See also the section <link linkend="VALIDATIONSECT">
                NOTE ABOUT USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION</link>.</para>

                <para>See also the <link linkend="PASSWORDSERVER"><parameter>password 
                server</parameter></link> parameter and the <link 
                linkend="ENCRYPTPASSWORDS"><parameter>encrypted passwords</parameter>
                </link> parameter.</para>
                
                <para><anchor id="SECURITYEQUALSDOMAIN"><emphasis>SECURITY = DOMAIN
                </emphasis></para>

                <para>This mode will only work correctly if <ulink 
                url="smbpasswd.8.html">smbpasswd(8)</ulink> has been used to add this 
                machine into a Windows NT Domain. It expects the <link 
                linkend="ENCRYPTPASSWORDS"><parameter>encrypted passwords</parameter>
                </link> parameter to be set to <constant>yes</constant>. In this 
                mode Samba will try to validate the username/password by passing
                it to a Windows NT Primary or Backup Domain Controller, in exactly 
                the same way that a Windows NT Server would do.</para>

                <para><emphasis>Note</emphasis> that a valid UNIX user must still 
                exist as well as the account on the Domain Controller to allow 
                Samba to have a valid UNIX account to map file access to.</para>

                <para><emphasis>Note</emphasis> that from the client's point 
                of view <command>security = domain</command> is the same as <command>security = user
                </command>. It only affects how the server deals with the authentication, 
                it does not in any way affect what the client sees.</para>

                <para><emphasis>Note</emphasis> that the name of the resource being 
                requested is <emphasis>not</emphasis> sent to the server until after 
                the server has successfully authenticated the client. This is why 
                guest shares don't work in user level security without allowing 
                the server to automatically map unknown users into the <link
                linkend="GUESTACCOUNT"><parameter>guest account</parameter></link>. 
                See the <link linkend="MAPTOGUEST"><parameter>map to guest</parameter>
                </link> parameter for details on doing this.</para>

                <para><emphasis>BUG:</emphasis> There is currently a bug in the 
                implementation of <command>security = domain</command> with respect 
                to multi-byte character set usernames. The communication with a 
                Domain Controller must be done in UNICODE and Samba currently 
                does not widen multi-byte user names to UNICODE correctly, thus 
                a multi-byte username will not be recognized correctly at the 
                Domain Controller. This issue will be addressed in a future release.</para>

                <para>See also the section <link linkend="VALIDATIONSECT">
                NOTE ABOUT USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION</link>.</para>

                <para>See also the <link linkend="PASSWORDSERVER"><parameter>password 
                server</parameter></link> parameter and the <link 
                linkend="ENCRYPTPASSWORDS"><parameter>encrypted passwords</parameter>
                </link> parameter.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>security = USER</command></para>
                <para>Example: <command>security = DOMAIN</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="SECURITYMASK">security mask (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>This parameter controls what UNIX permission 
                bits can be modified when a Windows NT client is manipulating 
                the UNIX permission on a file using the native NT security 
                dialog box.</para>

                <para>This parameter is applied as a mask (AND'ed with) to 
                the changed permission bits, thus preventing any bits not in 
                this mask from being modified. Essentially, zero bits in this 
                mask may be treated as a set of bits the user is not allowed 
                to change.</para>

                <para>If not set explicitly this parameter is 0777, allowing
                a user to modify all the user/group/world permissions on a file.
                </para>

                <para><emphasis>Note</emphasis> that users who can access the 
                Samba server through other means can easily bypass this 
                restriction, so it is primarily useful for standalone 
                "appliance" systems.  Administrators of most normal systems will 
                probably want to leave it set to <constant>0777</constant>.</para>
                
                <para>See also the <link linkend="FORCEDIRECTORYSECURITYMODE">
                <parameter>force directory security mode</parameter></link>, 
                <link linkend="DIRECTORYSECURITYMASK"><parameter>directory 
                security mask</parameter></link>, <link linkend="FORCESECURITYMODE">
                <parameter>force security mode</parameter></link> parameters.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>security mask = 0777</command></para>
                <para>Example: <command>security mask = 0770</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>


                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="SERVERSTRING">server string (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This controls what string will show up in the 
                printer comment box in print manager and next to the IPC connection 
                in <command>net view</command>. It can be any string that you wish 
                to show to your users.</para>
                
                <para>It also sets what will appear in browse lists next 
                to the machine name.</para>

                <para>A <parameter>%v</parameter> will be replaced with the Samba 
                version number.</para>

                <para>A <parameter>%h</parameter> will be replaced with the 
                hostname.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>server string = Samba %v</command></para>

                <para>Example: <command>server string = University of GNUs Samba 
                Server</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>

                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="SETPRIMARYGROUPSCRIPT"/>set primary group script (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>Thanks to the Posix subsystem in NT a
                Windows User has a primary group in addition to the
                auxiliary groups.  This script sets the primary group
                in the unix userdatase when an administrator sets the
                primary group from the windows user manager or when
                fetching a SAM with <command>net rpc
                vampire</command>. <parameter>%u</parameter> will be
                replaced with the user whose primary group is to be
                set.  <parameter>%g</parameter> will be replaced with
                the group to set.

                <para>Default: <emphasis>No default value</emphasis></para>

                <para>Example: <command>set primary group script = /usr/sbin/usermod -g '%g' '%u'</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="SETDIRECTORY">set directory (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>If <command>set directory = no</command>, then 
                users of the service may not use the setdir command to change 
                directory.</para>

                <para>The <command>setdir</command> command is only implemented 
                in the Digital Pathworks client. See the Pathworks documentation 
                for details.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>set directory = no</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="SHAREMODES">share modes (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>This enables or disables the honoring of 
                the <parameter>share modes</parameter> during a file open. These 
                modes are used by clients to gain exclusive read or write access 
                to a file.</para>

                <para>These open modes are not directly supported by UNIX, so
                they are simulated using shared memory, or lock files if your 
                UNIX doesn't support shared memory (almost all do).</para>

                <para>The share modes that are enabled by this option are 
                <constant>DENY_DOS</constant>, <constant>DENY_ALL</constant>,
                <constant>DENY_READ</constant>, <constant>DENY_WRITE</constant>,
                <constant>DENY_NONE</constant> and <constant>DENY_FCB</constant>.
                </para>

                <para>This option gives full share compatibility and enabled 
                by default.</para>

                <para>You should <emphasis>NEVER</emphasis> turn this parameter 
                off as many Windows applications will break if you do so.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>share modes = yes</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="SHORTPRESERVECASE">short preserve case (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>This boolean parameter controls if new files 
                which conform to 8.3 syntax, that is all in upper case and of 
                suitable length, are created upper case, or if they are forced 
                to be the <link linkend="DEFAULTCASE"><parameter>default case
                </parameter></link>. This  option can be use with <link 
                linkend="PRESERVECASE"><command>preserve case = yes</command>
                </link> to permit long filenames to retain their case, while short 
                names are lowered. </para>
                
                <para>See the section on <link linkend="NAMEMANGLINGSECT">
                NAME MANGLING</link>.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>short preserve case = yes</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="SHOWADDPRINTERWIZARD">show add printer wizard (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>With the introduction of MS-RPC based printing support
                for Windows NT/2000 client in Samba 2.2, a "Printers..." folder will 
                appear on Samba hosts in the share listing.  Normally this folder will 
                contain an icon for the MS Add Printer Wizard (APW).  However, it is 
                possible to disable this feature regardless of the level of privilege 
                of the connected user.</para>
                
                <para>Under normal circumstances, the Windows NT/2000 client will 
                open a handle on the printer server with OpenPrinterEx() asking for
                Administrator privileges.  If the user does not have administrative
                access on the print server (i.e is not root or a member of the 
                <parameter>printer admin</parameter> group), the OpenPrinterEx() 
                call fails and the client makes another open call with a request for 
                a lower privilege level.  This should succeed, however the APW 
                icon will not be displayed.</para>
                
                <para>Disabling the <parameter>show add printer wizard</parameter>
                parameter will always cause the OpenPrinterEx() on the server
                to fail.  Thus the APW icon will never be displayed. <emphasis>
                Note :</emphasis>This does not prevent the same user from having 
                administrative privilege on an individual printer.</para>
                
                <para>See also <link linkend="ADDPRINTERCOMMAND"><parameter>addprinter
                command</parameter></link>, <link linkend="DELETEPRINTERCOMMAND">
                <parameter>deleteprinter command</parameter></link>, <link 
                linkend="PRINTERADMIN"><parameter>printer admin</parameter></link></para>
                
                <para>Default :<command>show add printer wizard = yes</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="SHUTDOWNSCRIPT">shutdown script (G)</term>
                <listitem><para><emphasis>This parameter only exists in the HEAD cvs branch</emphasis>
                This a full path name to a script called by
                <ulink url="smbd.8.html"><command>smbd(8)</command></ulink> that
                should start a shutdown procedure.</para>

                <para>This command will be run as the user connected to the
                server.</para>

                <para>%m %t %r %f parameters are expanded</para>
                <para><parameter>%m</parameter> will be substituted with the
                shutdown message sent to the server.</para>
                <para><parameter>%t</parameter> will be substituted with the
                number of seconds to wait before effectively starting the
                shutdown procedure.</para>
                <para><parameter>%r</parameter> will be substituted with the
                switch <emphasis>-r</emphasis>. It means reboot after shutdown
                for NT.
                </para>
                <para><parameter>%f</parameter> will be substituted with the
                switch <emphasis>-f</emphasis>. It means force the shutdown
                even if applications do not respond for NT.</para>

                <para>Default: <emphasis>None</emphasis>.</para>
                <para>Example: <command>abort shutdown script = /usr/local/samba/sbin/shutdown %m %t %r %f</command></para>
                <para>Shutdown script example:
                <programlisting>
                #!/bin/bash
                
                $time=0
                let "time/60"
                let "time++"

                /sbin/shutdown $3 $4 +$time $1 &
                </programlisting>
                Shutdown does not return so we need to launch it in background.
                </para>

                <para>See also <link linkend="ABORTSHUTDOWNSCRIPT"><parameter>abort shutdown script</parameter></link>.</para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>


                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="SMBPASSWDFILE">smb passwd file (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This option sets the path to the encrypted 
                smbpasswd file.  By default the path to the smbpasswd file 
                is compiled into Samba.</para>
                
                <para>Default: <command>smb passwd file = ${prefix}/private/smbpasswd
                </command></para>

                <para>Example: <command>smb passwd file = /etc/samba/smbpasswd
                </command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>


                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="SMBPORTS">smb ports (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>Specifies which ports the server should listen on
                for SMB traffic.
                </para>

                <para>Default: <command>smb ports = 445 139</command></para>

                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>

                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="SOCKETADDRESS">socket address (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This option allows you to control what 
                address Samba will listen for connections on. This is used to 
                support multiple virtual interfaces on the one server, each 
                with a different configuration.</para>
                
                <para>By default Samba will accept connections on any 
                address.</para>

                <para>Example: <command>socket address = 192.168.2.20</command>
                </para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="SOCKETOPTIONS">socket options (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This option allows you to set socket options 
                to be used when talking with the client.</para>

                <para>Socket options are controls on the networking layer 
                of the operating systems which allow the connection to be 
                tuned.</para>

                <para>This option will typically be used to tune your Samba 
                server for optimal performance for your local network. There is 
                no way that Samba can know what the optimal parameters are for 
                your net, so you must experiment and choose them yourself. We 
                strongly suggest you read the appropriate documentation for your 
                operating system first (perhaps <command>man setsockopt</command> 
                will help).</para>

                <para>You may find that on some systems Samba will say 
                "Unknown socket option" when you supply an option. This means you 
                either incorrectly  typed it or you need to add an include file 
                to includes.h for your OS.  If the latter is the case please 
                send the patch to <ulink url="mailto:samba@samba.org">
                samba@samba.org</ulink>.</para>

                <para>Any of the supported socket options may be combined 
                in any way you like, as long as your OS allows it.</para>

                <para>This is the list of socket options currently settable 
                using this option:</para>

                <itemizedlist>
                        <listitem><para>SO_KEEPALIVE</para></listitem>
                        <listitem><para>SO_REUSEADDR</para></listitem>
                        <listitem><para>SO_BROADCAST</para></listitem>
                        <listitem><para>TCP_NODELAY</para></listitem>
                        <listitem><para>IPTOS_LOWDELAY</para></listitem>
                        <listitem><para>IPTOS_THROUGHPUT</para></listitem>
                        <listitem><para>SO_SNDBUF *</para></listitem>
                        <listitem><para>SO_RCVBUF *</para></listitem>
                        <listitem><para>SO_SNDLOWAT *</para></listitem>
                        <listitem><para>SO_RCVLOWAT *</para></listitem>
                </itemizedlist>

                <para>Those marked with a <emphasis>'*'</emphasis> take an integer 
                argument. The others can optionally take a 1 or 0 argument to enable 
                or disable the option, by default they will be enabled if you 
                don't specify 1 or 0.</para>

                <para>To specify an argument use the syntax SOME_OPTION = VALUE 
                for example <command>SO_SNDBUF = 8192</command>. Note that you must 
                not have any spaces before or after the = sign.</para>

                <para>If you are on a local network then a sensible option 
                might be</para>
                <para><command>socket options = IPTOS_LOWDELAY</command></para>

                <para>If you have a local network then you could try:</para>
                <para><command>socket options = IPTOS_LOWDELAY TCP_NODELAY</command></para>

                <para>If you are on a wide area network then perhaps try 
                setting IPTOS_THROUGHPUT. </para>

                <para>Note that several of the options may cause your Samba 
                server to fail completely. Use these options with caution!</para>

                <para>Default: <command>socket options = TCP_NODELAY</command></para>
                <para>Example: <command>socket options = IPTOS_LOWDELAY</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>




                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="SOURCEENVIRONMENT">source environment (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This parameter causes Samba to set environment 
                variables as per the content of the file named.</para>

                <para>If the value of this parameter starts with a "|" character 
                then Samba will treat that value as a pipe command to open and 
                will set the environment variables from the output of the pipe.</para>

                <para>The contents of the file or the output of the pipe should 
                be formatted as the output of the standard Unix <command>env(1)
                </command> command. This is of the form :</para>
                <para>Example environment entry:</para>
                <para><command>SAMBA_NETBIOS_NAME = myhostname</command></para>

                <para>Default: <emphasis>No default value</emphasis></para>
                <para>Examples: <command>source environment = |/etc/smb.conf.sh
                </command></para>

                <para>Example: <command>source environment = 
                /usr/local/smb_env_vars</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><anchor id="SPNEGO">use spnego (G)</term>
<listitem><para> This variable controls controls whether samba will try to use Simple and Protected NEGOciation (as specified by rfc2478) with WindowsXP and Windows2000sp2 clients to agree upon an authentication mechanism.  As of samba 3.0alpha it must be set to "no" for these clients to join a samba domain controller.  It can be set to "yes" to allow samba to participate in an AD domain controlled by a Windows2000 domain controller.</para>
<para>Default:  <emphasis>use spnego = yes</emphasis></para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>

                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="STATCACHE">stat cache (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This parameter determines if <ulink 
                url="smbd.8.html">smbd(8)</ulink> will use a cache in order to 
                speed up case insensitive name mappings. You should never need 
                to change this parameter.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>stat cache = yes</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>

                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="STATCACHESIZE">stat cache size (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This parameter determines the number of 
                entries in the <parameter>stat cache</parameter>.  You should 
                never need to change this parameter.</para>
                
                <para>Default: <command>stat cache size = 50</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="STRICTALLOCATE">strict allocate (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>This is a boolean that controls the handling of 
                disk space allocation in the server. When this is set to <constant>yes</constant> 
                the server will change from UNIX behaviour of not committing real
                disk storage blocks when a file is extended to the Windows behaviour
                of actually forcing the disk system to allocate real storage blocks
                when a file is created or extended to be a given size. In UNIX
                terminology this means that Samba will stop creating sparse files.
                This can be slow on some systems.</para>

                <para>When strict allocate is <constant>no</constant> the server does sparse
                disk block allocation when a file is extended.</para>

                <para>Setting this to <constant>yes</constant> can help Samba return
                out of quota messages on systems that are restricting the disk quota
                of users.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>strict allocate = no</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="STRICTLOCKING">strict locking (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>This is a boolean that controls the handling of 
                file locking in the server. When this is set to <constant>yes</constant> 
                the server will check every read and write access for file locks, and 
                deny access if locks exist. This can be slow on some systems.</para>

                <para>When strict locking is <constant>no</constant> the server does file 
                lock checks only when the client explicitly asks for them.</para>

                <para>Well-behaved clients always ask for lock checks when it 
                is important, so in the vast majority of cases <command>strict 
                locking = no</command> is preferable.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>strict locking = no</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="STRICTSYNC">strict sync (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>Many Windows applications (including the Windows 
                98 explorer shell) seem to confuse flushing buffer contents to 
                disk with doing a sync to disk. Under UNIX, a sync call forces 
                the process to be suspended until the kernel has ensured that 
                all outstanding data in kernel disk buffers has been safely stored 
                onto stable storage. This is very slow and should only be done 
                rarely. Setting this parameter to <constant>no</constant> (the 
                default) means that <ulink url="smbd.8.html">smbd</ulink> ignores the Windows applications requests for
                a sync call. There is only a possibility of losing data if the
                operating system itself that Samba is running on crashes, so there is
                little danger in this default setting. In addition, this fixes many
                performance problems that people have reported with the new Windows98
                explorer shell file copies.</para>

                <para>See also the <link linkend="SYNCALWAYS"><parameter>sync 
                always></parameter></link> parameter.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>strict sync = no</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>


                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="STRIPDOT">strip dot (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This is a boolean that controls whether to 
                strip trailing dots off UNIX filenames. This helps with some 
                CDROMs that have filenames ending in a single dot.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>strip dot = no</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="SYNCALWAYS">sync always (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>This is a boolean parameter that controls 
                whether writes will always be written to stable storage before 
                the write call returns. If this is <constant>no</constant> then the server will be 
                guided by the client's request in each write call (clients can 
                set a bit indicating that a particular write should be synchronous). 
                If this is <constant>yes</constant> then every write will be followed by a <command>fsync()
                </command> call to ensure the data is written to disk. Note that 
                the <parameter>strict sync</parameter> parameter must be set to
                <constant>yes</constant> in order for this parameter to have 
                any affect.</para>
                
                <para>See also the <link linkend="STRICTSYNC"><parameter>strict 
                sync</parameter></link> parameter.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>sync always = no</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="SYSLOG">syslog (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This parameter maps how Samba debug messages 
                are logged onto the system syslog logging levels. Samba debug 
                level zero maps onto syslog <constant>LOG_ERR</constant>, debug 
                level one maps onto <constant>LOG_WARNING</constant>, debug level 
                two maps onto <constant>LOG_NOTICE</constant>, debug level three 
                maps onto LOG_INFO. All higher levels are mapped to <constant>
                LOG_DEBUG</constant>.</para>

                <para>This parameter sets the threshold for sending messages 
                to syslog.  Only messages with debug level less than this value 
                will be sent to syslog.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>syslog = 1</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="SYSLOGONLY">syslog only (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>If this parameter is set then Samba debug 
                messages are logged into the system syslog only, and not to 
                the debug log files.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>syslog only = no</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="TEMPLATEHOMEDIR">template homedir (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>When filling out the user information for a Windows NT 
                user, the <ulink url="winbindd.8.html">winbindd(8)</ulink> daemon 
                uses this parameter to fill in the home directory for that user.  
                If the string <parameter>%D</parameter> is present it is substituted 
                with the user's Windows NT domain name.  If the string <parameter>%U
                </parameter> is present it is substituted with the user's Windows 
                NT user name.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>template homedir = /home/%D/%U</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="TEMPLATESHELL">template shell (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>When filling out the user information for a Windows NT 
                user, the <ulink url="winbindd.8.html">winbindd(8)</ulink> daemon 
                uses this parameter to fill in the login shell for that user.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>template shell = /bin/false</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="TIMEOFFSET">time offset (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This parameter is a setting in minutes to add 
                to the normal GMT to local time conversion. This is useful if 
                you are serving a lot of PCs that have incorrect daylight 
                saving time handling.</para>
                
                <para>Default: <command>time offset = 0</command></para>
                <para>Example: <command>time offset = 60</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="TIMESERVER">time server (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This parameter determines if <ulink url="nmbd.8.html">                  
                nmbd(8)</ulink> advertises itself as a time server to Windows 
                clients.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>time server = no</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>


                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="TIMESTAMPLOGS">timestamp logs (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>Synonym for <link linkend="DEBUGTIMESTAMP"><parameter>
                debug timestamp</parameter></link>.</para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>





                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="TOTALPRINTJOBS">total print jobs (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This parameter accepts an integer value which defines
                a limit on the maximum number of print jobs that will be accepted 
                system wide at any given time.  If a print job is submitted
                by a client which will exceed this number, then <ulink url="smbd.8.html">smbd</ulink> will return an 
                error indicating that no space is available on the server.  The 
                default value of 0 means that no such limit exists.  This parameter
                can be used to prevent a server from exceeding its capacity and is
                designed as a printing throttle.  See also 
                <link linkend="MAXPRINTJOBS"><parameter>max print jobs</parameter</link>.
                </para>
                
                <para>Default: <command>total print jobs = 0</command></para>
                <para>Example: <command>total print jobs = 5000</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>

                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="UNICODE">unicode (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>Specifies whether Samba should try 
                to use unicode on the wire by default. Note: This does NOT
                mean that samba will assume that the unix machine uses unicode!
                </para>

                <para>Default: <command>unicode = yes</command></para>

                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>

                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="UNIXCHARSET">unix charset (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>Specifies the charset the unix machine 
                Samba runs on uses. Samba needs to know this in order to be able to 
                convert text to the charsets other SMB clients use.
                </para>

                <para>Default: <command>unix charset = ASCII</command></para>
                <para>Example: <command>unix charset = UTF8</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>

                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="UNIXEXTENSIONS">unix extensions(G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This boolean parameter controls whether Samba 
                implments the CIFS UNIX extensions, as defined by HP. 
                These extensions enable Samba to better serve UNIX CIFS clients
                by supporting features such as symbolic links, hard links, etc...
                These extensions require a similarly enabled client, and are of
                no current use to Windows clients.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>unix extensions = no</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>




                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="UNIXPASSWORDSYNC">unix password sync (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This boolean parameter controls whether Samba 
                attempts to synchronize the UNIX password with the SMB password 
                when the encrypted SMB password in the smbpasswd file is changed. 
                If this is set to <constant>yes</constant> the program specified in the <parameter>passwd
                program</parameter>parameter is called <emphasis>AS ROOT</emphasis> - 
                to allow the new UNIX password to be set without access to the 
                old UNIX password (as the SMB password change code has no 
                access to the old password cleartext, only the new).</para>

                <para>See also <link linkend="PASSWDPROGRAM"><parameter>passwd 
                program</parameter></link>, <link linkend="PASSWDCHAT"><parameter>
                passwd chat</parameter></link>.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>unix password sync = no</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="UPDATEENCRYPTED">update encrypted (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This boolean parameter allows a user logging 
                on with a plaintext password to have their encrypted (hashed) 
                password in the smbpasswd file to be updated automatically as 
                they log on. This option allows a site to migrate from plaintext 
                password authentication (users authenticate with plaintext 
                password over the wire, and are checked against a UNIX account 
                database) to encrypted password authentication (the SMB 
                challenge/response authentication mechanism) without forcing
                all users to re-enter their passwords via smbpasswd at the time the
                change is made. This is a convenience option to allow the change over
                to encrypted passwords to be made over a longer period. Once all users
                have encrypted representations of their passwords in the smbpasswd
                file this parameter should be set to <constant>no</constant>.</para>

                <para>In order for this parameter to work correctly the <link
                linkend="ENCRYPTPASSWORDS"><parameter>encrypt passwords</parameter>
                </link> parameter must be set to <constant>no</constant> when
                this parameter is set to <constant>yes</constant>.</para>

                <para>Note that even when this parameter is set a user 
                authenticating to <command>smbd</command> must still enter a valid 
                password in order to connect correctly, and to update their hashed 
                (smbpasswd) passwords.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>update encrypted = no</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>


                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="USECLIENTDRIVER">use client driver (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>This parameter applies only to Windows NT/2000
                clients.  It has no affect on Windows 95/98/ME clients.  When 
                serving a printer to Windows NT/2000 clients without first installing
                a valid printer driver on the Samba host, the client will be required
                to install a local printer driver.  From this point on, the client
                will treat the print as a local printer and not a network printer 
                connection.  This is much the same behavior that will occur
                when <command>disable spoolss = yes</command>.  </para>

                <para>The differentiating 
                factor is that under normal circumstances, the NT/2000 client will 
                attempt to open the network printer using MS-RPC.  The problem is that
                because the client considers the printer to be local, it will attempt
                to issue the OpenPrinterEx() call requesting access rights associated 
                with the logged on user. If the user possesses local administator rights
                but not root privilegde on the Samba host (often the case), the OpenPrinterEx()
                call will fail.  The result is that the client will now display an "Access
                Denied; Unable to connect" message in the printer queue window (even though
                jobs may successfully be printed).  </para>

                <para>If this parameter is enabled for a printer, then any attempt
                to open the printer with the PRINTER_ACCESS_ADMINISTER right is mapped
                to PRINTER_ACCESS_USE instead.  Thus allowing the OpenPrinterEx()
                call to succeed.  <emphasis>This parameter MUST not be able enabled
                on a print share which has valid print driver installed on the Samba 
                server.</emphasis></para>

                <para>See also <link linkend="DISABLESPOOLSS">disable spoolss</link>
                </para>

                <para>Default: <command>use client driver = no</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>
        


                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="USEMMAP">use mmap (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This global parameter determines if the tdb internals of Samba can
                depend on mmap working correctly on the running system. Samba requires a coherent
                mmap/read-write system memory cache. Currently only HPUX does not have such a
                coherent cache, and so this parameter is set to <constant>no</constant> by
                default on HPUX. On all other systems this parameter should be left alone. This
                parameter is provided to help the Samba developers track down problems with
                the tdb internal code.
                </para>

                <para>Default: <command>use mmap = yes</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>




                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="USERHOSTS">use rhosts (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>If this global parameter is <constant>yes</constant>, it specifies 
                that the UNIX user's <filename>.rhosts</filename> file in their home directory 
                will be read to find the names of hosts and users who will be allowed 
                access without specifying a password.</para>

                <para><emphasis>NOTE:</emphasis> The use of <parameter>use rhosts
                </parameter> can be a major security hole. This is because you are 
                trusting the PC to supply the correct username. It is very easy to 
                get a PC to supply a false username. I recommend that the <parameter>
                use rhosts</parameter> option be only used if you really know what 
                you are doing.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>use rhosts = no</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="USER">user (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>Synonym for <link linkend="USERNAME"><parameter>
                username</parameter></link>.</para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="USERS">users (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>Synonym for <link linkend="USERNAME"><parameter>
                username</parameter></link>.</para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>


                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="USERNAME">username (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>Multiple users may be specified in a comma-delimited 
                list, in which case the supplied password will be tested against 
                each username in turn (left to right).</para>

                <para>The <parameter>username</parameter> line is needed only when 
                the PC is unable to supply its own username. This is the case 
                for the COREPLUS protocol or where your users have different WfWg 
                usernames to UNIX usernames. In both these cases you may also be 
                better using the \\server\share%user syntax instead.</para>

                <para>The <parameter>username</parameter> line is not a great 
                solution in many cases as it means Samba will try to validate 
                the supplied password against each of the usernames in the 
                <parameter>username</parameter> line in turn. This is slow and 
                a bad idea for lots of users in case of duplicate passwords. 
                You may get timeouts or security breaches using this parameter 
                unwisely.</para>

                <para>Samba relies on the underlying UNIX security. This 
                parameter does not restrict who can login, it just offers hints 
                to the Samba server as to what usernames might correspond to the 
                supplied password. Users can login as whoever they please and 
                they will be able to do no more damage than if they started a 
                telnet session. The daemon runs as the user that they log in as, 
                so they cannot do anything that user cannot do.</para>

                <para>To restrict a service to a particular set of users you 
                can use the <link linkend="VALIDUSERS"><parameter>valid users
                </parameter></link> parameter.</para>

                <para>If any of the usernames begin with a '@' then the name 
                will be looked up first in the NIS netgroups list (if Samba 
                is compiled with netgroup support), followed by a lookup in 
                the UNIX groups database and will expand to a list of all users 
                in the group of that name.</para>
                
                <para>If any of the usernames begin with a '+' then the name 
                will be looked up only in the UNIX groups database and will 
                expand to a list of all users in the group of that name.</para>

                <para>If any of the usernames begin with a '&'then the name 
                will be looked up only in the NIS netgroups database (if Samba 
                is compiled with netgroup support) and will expand to a list 
                of all users in the netgroup group of that name.</para>

                <para>Note that searching though a groups database can take 
                quite some time, and some clients may time out during the 
                search.</para>

                <para>See the section <link linkend="VALIDATIONSECT">NOTE ABOUT 
                USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION</link> for more information on how 
                this parameter determines access to the services.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>The guest account if a guest service, 
                else &lt;empty string&gt;.</command></para>

                <para>Examples:<command>username = fred, mary, jack, jane, 
                @users, @pcgroup</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="USERNAMELEVEL">username level (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This option helps Samba to try and 'guess' at 
                the real UNIX username, as many DOS clients send an all-uppercase 
                username. By default Samba tries all lowercase, followed by the 
                username with the first letter capitalized, and fails if the 
                username is not found on the UNIX machine.</para>

                <para>If this parameter is set to non-zero the behavior changes. 
                This parameter is a number that specifies the number of uppercase
                combinations to try while trying to determine the UNIX user name. The
                higher the number the more combinations will be tried, but the slower
                the discovery of usernames will be. Use this parameter when you have
                strange usernames on your UNIX machine, such as <constant>AstrangeUser
                </constant>.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>username level = 0</command></para>
                <para>Example: <command>username level = 5</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="USERNAMEMAP">username map (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This option allows you to specify a file containing 
                a mapping of usernames from the clients to the server. This can be 
                used for several purposes. The most common is to map usernames 
                that users use on DOS or Windows machines to those that the UNIX 
                box uses. The other is to map multiple users to a single username 
                so that they can more easily share files.</para>

                <para>The map file is parsed line by line. Each line should 
                contain a single UNIX username on the left then a '=' followed 
                by a list of usernames on the right. The list of usernames on the 
                right may contain names of the form @group in which case they 
                will match any UNIX username in that group. The special client 
                name '*' is a wildcard and matches any name. Each line of the 
                map file may be up to 1023 characters long.</para>

                <para>The file is processed on each line by taking the 
                supplied username and comparing it with each username on the right 
                hand side of the '=' signs. If the supplied name matches any of 
                the names on the right hand side then it is replaced with the name 
                on the left. Processing then continues with the next line.</para>

                <para>If any line begins with a '#' or a ';' then it is 
                ignored</para>

                <para>If any line begins with an '!' then the processing
                will stop after that line if a mapping was done by the line.
                Otherwise mapping continues with every line being processed.
                Using '!' is most useful when you have a wildcard mapping line
                later in the file.</para>

                <para>For example to map from the name <constant>admin</constant>
                or <constant>administrator</constant> to the UNIX name <constant>
                root</constant> you would use:</para>

                <para><command>root = admin administrator</command></para>

                <para>Or to map anyone in the UNIX group <constant>system</constant>
                to the UNIX name <constant>sys</constant> you would use:</para>

                <para><command>sys = @system</command></para>

                <para>You can have as many mappings as you like in a username
                map file.</para>


                <para>If your system supports the NIS NETGROUP option then
                the netgroup database is checked before the <filename>/etc/group
                </filename> database for matching groups.</para>

                <para>You can map Windows usernames that have spaces in them
                 by using double quotes around the name. For example:</para>

                <para><command>tridge = "Andrew Tridgell"</command></para>

                <para>would map the windows username "Andrew Tridgell" to the
                unix username "tridge".</para>

                <para>The following example would map mary and fred to the
                unix user sys, and map the rest to guest. Note the use of the
                '!' to tell Samba to stop processing if it gets a match on
                that line.</para>

                <para><programlisting>
                !sys = mary fred
                guest = *
                </programlisting></para>

                <para>Note that the remapping is applied to all occurrences
                of usernames. Thus if you connect to \\server\fred and <constant>
                fred</constant> is remapped to <constant>mary</constant> then you
                will actually be connecting to \\server\mary and will need to
                supply a password suitable for <constant>mary</constant> not
                <constant>fred</constant>. The only exception to this is the
                username passed to the <link linkend="PASSWORDSERVER"><parameter>
                password server</parameter></link> (if you have one). The password
                server will receive whatever username the client supplies without
                modification.</para>

                <para>Also note that no reverse mapping is done. The main effect
                this has is with printing. Users who have been mapped may have
                trouble deleting print jobs as PrintManager under WfWg will think
                they don't own the print job.</para>

                <para>Default: <emphasis>no username map</emphasis></para>
                <para>Example: <command>username map = /usr/local/samba/lib/users.map
                </command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>

                
                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="USESENDFILE">use sendfile (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>If this parameter is <constant>yes</constant>, and Samba
                was built with the --with-sendfile-support option, and the underlying operating
                system supports sendfile system call, then some SMB read calls (mainly ReadAndX
                and ReadRaw) will use the more efficient sendfile system call for files that
                are exclusively oplocked. This may make more efficient use of the system CPU's
                and cause Samba to be faster. This is off by default as it's effects are unknown
                as yet.
                </para>

                <para>Default: <command>use sendfile = no</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="UTMP">utmp (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This boolean parameter is only available if
                Samba has been configured and compiled  with the option <command>
                --with-utmp</command>. If set to <constant>yes</constant> then Samba will attempt
                to add utmp or utmpx records (depending on the UNIX system) whenever a
                connection is made to a Samba server. Sites may use this to record the
                user connecting to a Samba share.</para>

                <para>Due to the requirements of the utmp record, we
                are required to create a unique identifier for the
                incoming user.  Enabling this option creates an n^2
                algorithm to find this number.  This may impede
                performance on large installations. </para>

                <para>See also the <link linkend="UTMPDIRECTORY"><parameter>
                utmp directory</parameter></link> parameter.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>utmp = no</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>

                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="UTMPDIRECTORY">utmp directory(G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This parameter is only available if Samba has 
                been configured and compiled with the option <command>
                --with-utmp</command>. It specifies a directory pathname that is
                used to store the utmp or utmpx files (depending on the UNIX system) that
                record user connections to a Samba server. See also the <link linkend="UTMP">
                <parameter>utmp</parameter></link> parameter. By default this is 
                not set, meaning the system will use whatever utmp file the 
                native system is set to use (usually 
                <filename>/var/run/utmp</filename> on Linux).</para>

                <para>Default: <emphasis>no utmp directory</emphasis></para>
                <para>Example: <command>utmp directory = /var/run/utmp</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>

                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="WTMPDIRECTORY">wtmp directory(G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This parameter is only available if Samba has 
                been configured and compiled with the option <command>
                --with-utmp</command>. It specifies a directory pathname that is
                used to store the wtmp or wtmpx files (depending on the UNIX system) that
                record user connections to a Samba server. The difference with
                the utmp directory is the fact that user info is kept after a user 
                has logged out.
                
                See also the <link linkend="UTMP">
                <parameter>utmp</parameter></link> parameter. By default this is 
                not set, meaning the system will use whatever utmp file the 
                native system is set to use (usually 
                <filename>/var/run/wtmp</filename> on Linux).</para>

                <para>Default: <emphasis>no wtmp directory</emphasis></para>
                <para>Example: <command>wtmp directory = /var/log/wtmp</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>


                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="VALIDUSERS">valid users (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>This is a list of users that should be allowed 
                to login to this service. Names starting with '@', '+' and  '&'
                are interpreted using the same rules as described in the 
                <parameter>invalid users</parameter> parameter.</para>

                <para>If this is empty (the default) then any user can login. 
                If a username is in both this list and the <parameter>invalid 
                users</parameter> list then access is denied for that user.</para>

                <para>The current servicename is substituted for <parameter>%S
                </parameter>. This is useful in the [homes] section.</para>

                <para>See also <link linkend="INVALIDUSERS"><parameter>invalid users
                </parameter></link></para>

                <para>Default: <emphasis>No valid users list (anyone can login)
                </emphasis></para>

                <para>Example: <command>valid users = greg, @pcusers</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>




                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="VETOFILES">veto files(S)</term>
                <listitem><para>This is a list of files and directories that 
                are neither visible nor accessible.  Each entry in the list must 
                be separated by a '/', which allows spaces to be included 
                in the entry. '*' and '?' can be used to specify multiple files 
                or directories as in DOS wildcards.</para>

                <para>Each entry must be a unix path, not a DOS path and 
                must <emphasis>not</emphasis> include the  unix directory 
                separator '/'.</para>

                <para>Note that the <parameter>case sensitive</parameter> option 
                is applicable in vetoing files.</para>
                
                <para>One feature of the veto files parameter that it
                is important to be aware of is Samba's behaviour when
                trying to delete a directory. If a directory that is
                to be deleted contains nothing but veto files this
                deletion will <emphasis>fail</emphasis> unless you also set
                the <parameter>delete veto files</parameter> parameter to
                <parameter>yes</parameter>.</para>

                <para>Setting this parameter will affect the performance 
                of Samba, as it will be forced to check all files and directories 
                for a match as they are scanned.</para>

                <para>See also <link linkend="HIDEFILES"><parameter>hide files
                </parameter></link> and <link linkend="CASESENSITIVE"><parameter>
                case sensitive</parameter></link>.</para>

                <para>Default: <emphasis>No files or directories are vetoed.
                </emphasis></para>

<para>Examples:<programlisting>
; Veto any files containing the word Security, 
; any ending in .tmp, and any directory containing the
; word root.
veto files = /*Security*/*.tmp/*root*/

; Veto the Apple specific files that a NetAtalk server
; creates.
veto files = /.AppleDouble/.bin/.AppleDesktop/Network Trash Folder/
</programlisting></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>


                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="VETOOPLOCKFILES">veto oplock files (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>This parameter is only valid when the <link
                linkend="OPLOCKS"><parameter>oplocks</parameter></link>
                parameter is turned on for a share. It allows the Samba administrator
                to selectively turn off the granting of oplocks on selected files that
                match a wildcarded list, similar to the wildcarded list used in the
                <link linkend="VETOFILES"><parameter>veto files</parameter></link> 
                parameter.</para>

                <para>Default: <emphasis>No files are vetoed for oplock 
                grants</emphasis></para>

                <para>You might want to do this on files that you know will 
                be heavily contended for by clients. A good example of this 
                is in the NetBench SMB benchmark program, which causes heavy 
                client contention for files ending in <filename>.SEM</filename>. 
                To cause Samba not to grant oplocks on these files you would use 
                the line (either in the [global] section or in the section for 
                the particular NetBench share :</para>

                <para>Example: <command>veto oplock files = /*.SEM/
                </command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>

                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="VFSPATH">vfs path (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>This parameter specifies the directory
                to look in for vfs modules. The name of every <command>vfs object
                </command> will be prepended by this directory
                </para>

                <para>Default: <command>vfs path = </command></para>
                <para>Example: <command>vfs path = /usr/lib/samba/vfs</command></para>

                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>

                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="VFSOBJECT">vfs object (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>This parameter specifies a shared object files that 
                are used for Samba VFS I/O operations.  By default, normal 
                disk I/O operations are used but these can be overloaded 
                with one or more VFS objects. </para>
                
                <para>Default : <emphasis>no value</emphasis></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>




                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="VFSOPTIONS">vfs options (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>This parameter allows parameters to be passed 
                to the vfs layer at initialization time. 
                See also <link linkend="VFSOBJECT"><parameter>
                vfs object</parameter></link>.</para>
                
                <para>Default : <emphasis>no value</emphasis></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="VOLUME">volume (S)</term>
                <listitem><para> This allows you to override the volume label 
                returned for a share. Useful for CDROMs with installation programs 
                that insist on a particular volume label.</para>

                <para>Default: <emphasis>the name of the share</emphasis></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="WIDELINKS">wide links (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>This parameter controls whether or not links 
                in the UNIX file system may be followed by the server. Links 
                that point to areas within the directory tree exported by the 
                server are always allowed; this parameter controls access only 
                to areas that are outside the directory tree being exported.</para>

                <para>Note that setting this parameter can have a negative 
                effect on your server performance due to the extra system calls 
                that Samba has to  do in order to perform the link checks.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>wide links = yes</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>




                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="WINBINDCACHETIME">winbind cache time (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This parameter specifies the number of seconds the
                <ulink url="winbindd.8.html">winbindd(8)</ulink> daemon will cache 
                user and group information before querying a Windows NT server 
                again.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>winbind cache type = 15</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>


                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="WINBINDENUMUSERS">winbind enum users (G)</term> 
                <listitem><para>On large installations using
                <ulink url="winbindd.8.html">winbindd(8)</ulink> it may be
                necessary to suppress the enumeration of users through the
                <command> setpwent()</command>,
                <command>getpwent()</command> and
                <command>endpwent()</command> group of system calls.  If
                the <parameter>winbind enum users</parameter> parameter is
                <constant>no</constant>, calls to the <command>getpwent</command> system call
                will not return any data. </para>

                <para><emphasis>Warning:</emphasis> Turning off user
                enumeration may cause some programs to behave oddly.  For
                example, the finger program relies on having access to the
                full user list when searching for matching
                usernames. </para>

                <para>Default: <command>winbind enum users = yes </command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>
                
                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="WINBINDENUMGROUPS">winbind enum groups (G)</term> 
                <listitem><para>On large installations using
                <ulink url="winbindd.8.html">winbindd(8)</ulink> it may be
                necessary to suppress the enumeration of groups through the
                <command> setgrent()</command>,
                <command>getgrent()</command> and
                <command>endgrent()</command> group of system calls.  If
                the <parameter>winbind enum groups</parameter> parameter is
                <constant>no</constant>, calls to the <command>getgrent()</command> system
                call will not return any data. </para>

                <para><emphasis>Warning:</emphasis> Turning off group
                enumeration may cause some programs to behave oddly.
                </para>

                <para>Default: <command>winbind enum groups = yes </command>
                </para></listitem>
                </varlistentry>

        
                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="WINBINDGID">winbind gid (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>The winbind gid parameter specifies the range of group 
                ids that are allocated by the <ulink url="winbindd.8.html">
                winbindd(8)</ulink> daemon.  This range of group ids should have no 
                existing local or NIS groups within it as strange conflicts can 
                occur otherwise.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>winbind gid = &lt;empty string&gt;
                </command></para>

                <para>Example: <command>winbind gid = 10000-20000</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>


                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="WINBINDSEPARATOR">winbind separator (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This parameter allows an admin to define the character 
                used when listing a username of the form of <replaceable>DOMAIN
                </replaceable>\<replaceable>user</replaceable>.  This parameter 
                is only applicable when using the <filename>pam_winbind.so</filename>
                and <filename>nss_winbind.so</filename> modules for UNIX services.
                </para>

                <para>Please note that setting this parameter to + causes problems
                with group membership at least on glibc systems, as the character +
                is used as a special character for NIS in /etc/group.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>winbind separator = '\'</command></para>
                <para>Example: <command>winbind separator = +</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>




                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="WINBINDUID">winbind uid (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>The winbind gid parameter specifies the range of group 
                ids that are allocated by the <ulink url="winbindd.8.html">
                winbindd(8)</ulink> daemon.  This range of ids should have no 
                existing local or NIS users within it as strange conflicts can 
                occur otherwise.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>winbind uid = &lt;empty string&gt;
                </command></para>
                
                <para>Example: <command>winbind uid = 10000-20000</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>


                <varlistentry>
                <term>winbind use default domain</term>
                
                <term><anchor id="WINBINDUSEDEFAULTDOMAIN">winbind use default domain (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This parameter specifies whether the <ulink url="winbindd.8.html">
                winbindd(8)</ulink>
                daemon should operate on users without domain component in their username.  
                Users without a domain component are treated as is part of the winbindd server's 
                own domain.  While this does not benifit Windows users, it makes SSH, FTP and e-mail 
                function in a way much closer to the way they would in a native unix system.</para>
                
                <para>Default: <command>winbind use default domain = &lt;no&gt; 
                </command></para>
                <para>Example: <command>winbind use default domain = yes</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>


                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="WINSHOOK">wins hook (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>When Samba is running as a WINS server this 
                allows you to call an external program for all changes to the 
                WINS database. The primary use for this option is to allow the 
                dynamic update of external name resolution databases such as 
                dynamic DNS.</para>

                <para>The wins hook parameter specifies the name of a script 
                or executable that will be called as follows:</para>

                <para><command>wins_hook operation name nametype ttl IP_list
                </command></para>

                <itemizedlist>
                        <listitem><para>The first argument is the operation and is one 
                        of "add", "delete", or "refresh". In most cases the operation can 
                        be ignored as the rest of the parameters provide sufficient 
                        information. Note that "refresh" may sometimes be called when the 
                        name has not previously been added, in that case it should be treated 
                        as an add.</para></listitem>

                        <listitem><para>The second argument is the NetBIOS name. If the 
                        name is not a legal name then the wins hook is not called. 
                        Legal names contain only  letters, digits, hyphens, underscores 
                        and periods.</para></listitem>

                        <listitem><para>The third argument is the NetBIOS name 
                        type as a 2 digit hexadecimal number. </para></listitem>

                        <listitem><para>The fourth argument is the TTL (time to live) 
                        for the name in seconds.</para></listitem>
                        
                        <listitem><para>The fifth and subsequent arguments are the IP 
                        addresses currently registered for that name. If this list is 
                        empty then the name should be deleted.</para></listitem>
                </itemizedlist>

                <para>An example script that calls the BIND dynamic DNS update 
                program <command>nsupdate</command> is provided in the examples 
                directory of the Samba source code. </para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>





                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="WINSPROXY">wins proxy (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This is a boolean that controls if <ulink 
                url="nmbd.8.html">nmbd(8)</ulink> will respond to broadcast name 
                queries on behalf of  other hosts. You may need to set this 
                to <constant>yes</constant> for some older clients.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>wins proxy = no</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>




                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="WINSSERVER">wins server (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This specifies the IP address (or DNS name: IP 
                address for preference) of the WINS server that <ulink url="nmbd.8.html">
                nmbd(8)</ulink> should register with. If you have a WINS server on 
                your network then you should set this to the WINS server's IP.</para>

                <para>You should point this at your WINS server if you have a
                multi-subnetted network.</para>

                <para><emphasis>NOTE</emphasis>. You need to set up Samba to point 
                to a WINS server if you have multiple subnets and wish cross-subnet 
                browsing to work correctly.</para>

                <para>See the documentation file <filename>BROWSING.txt</filename> 
                in the docs/ directory of your Samba source distribution.</para>

                <para>Default: <emphasis>not enabled</emphasis></para>
                <para>Example: <command>wins server = 192.9.200.1</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="WINSSUPPORT">wins support (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This boolean controls if the <ulink url="nmbd.8.html">          
                nmbd(8)</ulink> process in Samba will act as a WINS server. You should 
                not set this to <constant>yes</constant> unless you have a multi-subnetted network and 
                you wish a particular <command>nmbd</command> to be your WINS server. 
                Note that you should <emphasis>NEVER</emphasis> set this to <constant>yes</constant>
                on more than one machine in your network.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>wins support = no</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="WORKGROUP">workgroup (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This controls what workgroup your server will 
                appear to be in when queried by clients. Note that this parameter 
                also controls the Domain name used with the <link 
                linkend="SECURITYEQUALSDOMAIN"><command>security = domain</command></link>
                setting.</para>

                <para>Default: <emphasis>set at compile time to WORKGROUP</emphasis></para>
                <para>Example: <command>workgroup = MYGROUP</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>




                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="WRITABLE">writable (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>Synonym for <link linkend="WRITEABLE"><parameter>
                writeable</parameter></link> for people who can't spell :-).</para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="WRITECACHESIZE">write cache size (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>If this integer parameter is set to non-zero value,
                Samba will create an in-memory cache for each oplocked file 
                (it does <emphasis>not</emphasis> do this for 
                non-oplocked files). All writes that the client does not request 
                to be flushed directly to disk will be stored in this cache if possible. 
                The cache is flushed onto disk when a write comes in whose offset 
                would not fit into the cache or when the file is closed by the client. 
                Reads for the file are also served from this cache if the data is stored 
                within it.</para>

                <para>This cache allows Samba to batch client writes into a more 
                efficient write size for RAID disks (i.e. writes may be tuned to 
                be the RAID stripe size) and can improve performance on systems 
                where the disk subsystem is a bottleneck but there is free 
                memory for userspace programs.</para>

                <para>The integer parameter specifies the size of this cache 
                (per oplocked file) in bytes.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>write cache size = 0</command></para>
                <para>Example: <command>write cache size = 262144</command></para>

                <para>for a 256k cache size per file.</para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>





                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="WRITELIST">write list (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>This is a list of users that are given read-write 
                access to a service. If the connecting user is in this list then 
                they will be given write access, no matter what the <link
                linkend="READONLY"><parameter>read only</parameter></link>
                option is set to. The list can include group names using the 
                @group syntax.</para>

                <para>Note that if a user is in both the read list and the 
                write list then they will be given write access.</para>

                <para>See also the <link linkend="READLIST"><parameter>read list
                </parameter></link> option.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>write list = &lt;empty string&gt;
                </command></para>

                <para>Example: <command>write list = admin, root, @staff
                </command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="WINSPARTNERS">wins partners (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>A space separated list of partners' IP addresses for 
                WINS replication. WINS partners are always defined as push/pull 
                partners as defining only one way WINS replication is unreliable. 
                WINS replication is currently experimental and unreliable between 
                samba servers.
                </para>

                <para>Default: <command>wins partners = </command></para>

                <para>Example: <command>wins partners = 192.168.0.1 172.16.1.2</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>


                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="WRITEOK">write ok (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>Inverted synonym for <link linkend="READONLY"><parameter>
                read only</parameter></link>.</para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="WRITERAW">write raw (G)</term>
                <listitem><para>This parameter controls whether or not the server 
                will support raw write SMB's when transferring data from clients. 
                You should never need to change this parameter.</para>

                <para>Default: <command>write raw = yes</command></para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>



                <varlistentry>
                <term><anchor id="WRITEABLE">writeable (S)</term>
                <listitem><para>Inverted synonym for <link linkend="READONLY"><parameter>
                read only</parameter></link>.</para>
                </listitem>
                </varlistentry>


        </variablelist>

</refsect1>

<refsect1>
        <title>WARNINGS</title>
        
        <para>Although the configuration file permits service names 
        to contain spaces, your client software may not. Spaces will 
        be ignored in comparisons anyway, so it shouldn't be a 
        problem - but be aware of the possibility.</para>

        <para>On a similar note, many clients - especially DOS clients - 
        limit service names to eight characters. <ulink url="smbd.8.html">smbd(8)
        </ulink> has no such limitation, but attempts to connect from such 
        clients will fail if they truncate the service names.  For this reason 
        you should probably keep your service names down to eight characters 
        in length.</para>

        <para>Use of the [homes] and [printers] special sections make life 
        for an administrator easy, but the various combinations of default 
        attributes can be tricky. Take extreme care when designing these 
        sections. In particular, ensure that the permissions on spool 
        directories are correct.</para>
</refsect1>

<refsect1>
        <title>VERSION</title>

        <para>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of 
        the Samba suite.</para>
</refsect1>

<refsect1>
        <title>SEE ALSO</title>
        <para><ulink url="samba.7.html">samba(7)</ulink>,
        <ulink url="smbpasswd.8.html"><command>smbpasswd(8)</command></ulink>,
        <ulink url="swat.8.html"><command>swat(8)</command></ulink>,
        <ulink url="smbd.8.html"><command>smbd(8)</command></ulink>, 
        <ulink url="nmbd.8.html"><command>nmbd(8)</command></ulink>, 
        <ulink url="smbclient.1.html"><command>smbclient(1)</command></ulink>, 
        <ulink url="nmblookup.1.html"><command>nmblookup(1)</command></ulink>,
        <ulink url="testparm.1.html"><command>testparm(1)</command></ulink>, 
        <ulink url="testprns.1.html"><command>testprns(1)</command></ulink>
        </para>
</refsect1>

<refsect1>
        <title>AUTHOR</title>
        
        <para>The original Samba software and related utilities 
        were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed
        by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar 
        to the way the Linux kernel is developed.</para>
        
        <para>The original Samba man pages were written by Karl Auer. 
        The man page sources were converted to YODL format (another 
        excellent piece of Open Source software, available at
        <ulink url="ftp://ftp.icce.rug.nl/pub/unix/">
        ftp://ftp.icce.rug.nl/pub/unix/</ulink>) and updated for the Samba 2.0 
        release by Jeremy Allison.  The conversion to DocBook for 
        Samba 2.2 was done by Gerald Carter</para>
</refsect1>

</refentry>